Search

Search Results

• 201. [Image] The Third Klamath Basin Watershed Restoration and Research Conference

  	Cover title; "March 1999."
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Third Klamath Basin Watershed Restoration and Research Conference Year: 1999, 2004 Cover title; "March 1999." Title: The Third Klamath Basin Watershed Restoration and Research Conference Year: 1999, 2004 Cover title; "March 1999." Close

• 202. [Article] Distribution patterns of reptiles and amphibians in Puerto Rico

  This study examined the question of whether a big island can be divided into many smaller islands with the same pattern of area-species curve as that of the complete island. To address this question, this ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Distribution patterns of reptiles and amphibians in Puerto Rico Author: Le, Minh Duc, 1973- This study examined the question of whether a big island can be divided into many smaller islands with the same pattern of area-species curve as that of the complete island. To address this question, this study used data on the number and distribution of amphibians and reptiles on Puerto Rico and landbridge islands of the Puerto Rican Bank, which were fragmented from the big island about 10,000 years ago. In Puerto Rico, the data show correlations between the number of species and area available at different elevation levels and between species and area after removing effects of elevation. These patterns are different from the patterns of correlation between area and the number of reptiles and amphibians on 29 islands on the Puerto Rican Bank. The area-species curves of the elevationally and areally subdivided "islands" on Puerto Rico tend to have steeper slopes than the curves of the Puerto Rican Bank islands. Analyses of area and the number of those species on fragmented habitat islands at different elevations also indicated correlation between them. However, patterns of correlation seem not to be the same at each altitude. The slope of the area-species curve seems to decrease with increasing elevation levels. Other patterns of species distribution of Puerto Rico's herpetofauna are: there are linear relationships between the number of species and elevation, the number of species and distance from the coast, and the number of species and the species range areas. Multiple regression analyses of three variables: area, precipitation, and elevation, suggested that variation of species distribution in Puerto Rico is partly caused by interactions among these variables. Elevation plays an especially important role in explaining reptile and amphibian distribution. The rainfall variable had the least effect on determining herpetofauna diversity. The study results suggest that area-species correlation is a consequence of habitat heterogeneity on the island. Title: Distribution patterns of reptiles and amphibians in Puerto Rico Author: Le, Minh Duc, 1973- This study examined the question of whether a big island can be divided into many smaller islands with the same pattern of area-species curve as that of the complete island. To address this question, this study used data on the number and distribution of amphibians and reptiles on Puerto Rico and landbridge islands of the Puerto Rican Bank, which were fragmented from the big island about 10,000 years ago. In Puerto Rico, the data show correlations between the number of species and area available at different elevation levels and between species and area after removing effects of elevation. These patterns are different from the patterns of correlation between area and the number of reptiles and amphibians on 29 islands on the Puerto Rican Bank. The area-species curves of the elevationally and areally subdivided "islands" on Puerto Rico tend to have steeper slopes than the curves of the Puerto Rican Bank islands. Analyses of area and the number of those species on fragmented habitat islands at different elevations also indicated correlation between them. However, patterns of correlation seem not to be the same at each altitude. The slope of the area-species curve seems to decrease with increasing elevation levels. Other patterns of species distribution of Puerto Rico's herpetofauna are: there are linear relationships between the number of species and elevation, the number of species and distance from the coast, and the number of species and the species range areas. Multiple regression analyses of three variables: area, precipitation, and elevation, suggested that variation of species distribution in Puerto Rico is partly caused by interactions among these variables. Elevation plays an especially important role in explaining reptile and amphibian distribution. The rainfall variable had the least effect on determining herpetofauna diversity. The study results suggest that area-species correlation is a consequence of habitat heterogeneity on the island. Close

• 203. [Article] A Phylogenetic Perspective on the Individual Species- Area Relationship in Temperate and Tropical Tree Communities

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Public Library of Science and can be found at: http://www.plos.org/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: A Phylogenetic Perspective on the Individual Species- Area Relationship in Temperate and Tropical Tree Communities Author: Kenfack, David, Howe, Robert, Cao, Min, Ewango, Corneille E. N., Chuyong, George B., Swenson, Nathan G., Lin, Luxiang, Yang, Jie, Thomas, Duncan, Wolf, Amy This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Public Library of Science and can be found at: http://www.plos.org/. Title: A Phylogenetic Perspective on the Individual Species- Area Relationship in Temperate and Tropical Tree Communities Author: Kenfack, David, Howe, Robert, Cao, Min, Ewango, Corneille E. N., Chuyong, George B., Swenson, Nathan G., Lin, Luxiang, Yang, Jie, Thomas, Duncan, Wolf, Amy This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Public Library of Science and can be found at: http://www.plos.org/. Close

• 204. [Article] Wood density patterns of young Costa Rican trees in planted and natural forests

  In plantation forestry, rapid growth rate is favorable for wood production, but may decrease wood density, which is an important indicator of wood quality for both pulp and solid wood products. I looked ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Wood density patterns of young Costa Rican trees in planted and natural forests Author: Baker, David C. In plantation forestry, rapid growth rate is favorable for wood production, but may decrease wood density, which is an important indicator of wood quality for both pulp and solid wood products. I looked for (1) differences in radial patterns of wood density between planted and naturally grown Costa Rican tree species, and (2) between species characteristic of different successional stages. Trees were sampled from seven- and eleven-year-old research plantations and the nearby forests at La Selva Biological Station, Costa Rica and analyzed by x-ray densitometry at Oregon State University. Four of eight tree species had significantly higher wood densities for naturally grown trees than for the seven-year-old planted trees as shown by x-ray densitometry. Two species had significantly higher wood density for planted trees, and the two remaining species showed no significant differences between planted and naturally grown trees. Height-diameter ratios for eleven-year-old trees were higher for later successional species than for early successional species, and later successional species showed greater increases in wood density than early successional species. As expected, wood density was lowest in early successional species. The index S (ht/(dia*SG)) was expected to correlate with successional status. S provided an accurate prediction of relative successional order, with high values representing late successional species, due to the unexpected height-diameter ratio results. The results show that early-successional tree species do not necessarily have rapid height growth at the expense of diameter growth, nor a related radial increase in wood density. Different species had different patterns of wood density and/or height-to-diameter ratios that defied simple generalizations. More research is necessary to understand the underlying reasons for this the observed variation, rather than reject outright previously held generalities in the literature. Preferably, such studies will use older trees, larger sample sizes, and better-documented and more diverse growing conditions in plantations. Title: Wood density patterns of young Costa Rican trees in planted and natural forests Author: Baker, David C. In plantation forestry, rapid growth rate is favorable for wood production, but may decrease wood density, which is an important indicator of wood quality for both pulp and solid wood products. I looked for (1) differences in radial patterns of wood density between planted and naturally grown Costa Rican tree species, and (2) between species characteristic of different successional stages. Trees were sampled from seven- and eleven-year-old research plantations and the nearby forests at La Selva Biological Station, Costa Rica and analyzed by x-ray densitometry at Oregon State University. Four of eight tree species had significantly higher wood densities for naturally grown trees than for the seven-year-old planted trees as shown by x-ray densitometry. Two species had significantly higher wood density for planted trees, and the two remaining species showed no significant differences between planted and naturally grown trees. Height-diameter ratios for eleven-year-old trees were higher for later successional species than for early successional species, and later successional species showed greater increases in wood density than early successional species. As expected, wood density was lowest in early successional species. The index S (ht/(dia*SG)) was expected to correlate with successional status. S provided an accurate prediction of relative successional order, with high values representing late successional species, due to the unexpected height-diameter ratio results. The results show that early-successional tree species do not necessarily have rapid height growth at the expense of diameter growth, nor a related radial increase in wood density. Different species had different patterns of wood density and/or height-to-diameter ratios that defied simple generalizations. More research is necessary to understand the underlying reasons for this the observed variation, rather than reject outright previously held generalities in the literature. Preferably, such studies will use older trees, larger sample sizes, and better-documented and more diverse growing conditions in plantations. Close

• 205. [Image] An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia Basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins [volume 1]

  	Quigley, Thomas M.; Arbelbide, Sylvia J., tech. eds. 1997. An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins: volume 1. Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-GTR-405. ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia Basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins [volume 1] Author: Quigley, Thomas Milton; Arbelbide, S. J. (Sylvia J.) Year: 1997, 2008, 2005 Quigley, Thomas M.; Arbelbide, Sylvia J., tech. eds. 1997. An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins: volume 1. Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-GTR-405. Portland, OR: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station. 4 vol. (Quigley, Thomas M., tech. ed.; The Interior Columbia Basin Ecosystem Management Project: Scientific Assessment). The Assessment of Ecosystem Components in the Interior Columbia Basin and Portions of the Klamath and Great Basins provides detailed information about current conditions and trends for the biophysical and social systems within the Basin. This information can be used by land managers to develop broad land management goals and priorities and provides the context for decisions specific to smaller geographic areas. The Assessment area covers about 8 percent of the U.S. land area, 24 percent of the Nation's National Forest System lands, 10 percent of the Nation's BLM-administered lands, and contains about 1.2 percent of the Nation's population. This results in a population density that is less than one-sixth of the U.S. average. The area has experienced recent, rapid population growth and generally has a robust, diverse economy. As compared to historic conditions, the terrestrial, aquatic, forest, and rangeland systems have undergone dramatic changes. Forested landscapes are more susceptible to fire, insect, and disease than under historic conditions. Rangelands are highly susceptible to noxious weed invasion. The disturbance regimes that operate on forest and rangeland have changed substantially, with lethal fires dominating many areas where non-lethal fires were the norm historically. Terrestrial habitats that have experienced the greatest decline include the native grassland, native shrubland, and old forest structures. There are areas within the Assessment area that have higher diversity than others. Aquatic systems are now more fragmented and isolated than historically and the introduction of non-native fish species has complicated current status of native fishes. Core habitat and population centers do remain as building blocks for restoration. Social and economic conditions within the Assessment area vary considerably, depending to a great extent on population, diversity of employment opportunities, and changing demographics. Those counties with the higher population densities and greater diversity of employment opportunities are generally more resilient to economic downturns. This Assessment provides a rich information base, including over 170 mapped themes with associated models and databases, from which future decisions can benefit. Keywords: Columbia basin, biophysical systems, social systems, ecosystem. Title: An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia Basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins [volume 1] Author: Quigley, Thomas Milton; Arbelbide, S. J. (Sylvia J.) Year: 1997, 2008, 2005 Quigley, Thomas M.; Arbelbide, Sylvia J., tech. eds. 1997. An assessment of ecosystem components in the interior Columbia basin and portions of the Klamath and Great Basins: volume 1. Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-GTR-405. Portland, OR: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station. 4 vol. (Quigley, Thomas M., tech. ed.; The Interior Columbia Basin Ecosystem Management Project: Scientific Assessment). The Assessment of Ecosystem Components in the Interior Columbia Basin and Portions of the Klamath and Great Basins provides detailed information about current conditions and trends for the biophysical and social systems within the Basin. This information can be used by land managers to develop broad land management goals and priorities and provides the context for decisions specific to smaller geographic areas. The Assessment area covers about 8 percent of the U.S. land area, 24 percent of the Nation's National Forest System lands, 10 percent of the Nation's BLM-administered lands, and contains about 1.2 percent of the Nation's population. This results in a population density that is less than one-sixth of the U.S. average. The area has experienced recent, rapid population growth and generally has a robust, diverse economy. As compared to historic conditions, the terrestrial, aquatic, forest, and rangeland systems have undergone dramatic changes. Forested landscapes are more susceptible to fire, insect, and disease than under historic conditions. Rangelands are highly susceptible to noxious weed invasion. The disturbance regimes that operate on forest and rangeland have changed substantially, with lethal fires dominating many areas where non-lethal fires were the norm historically. Terrestrial habitats that have experienced the greatest decline include the native grassland, native shrubland, and old forest structures. There are areas within the Assessment area that have higher diversity than others. Aquatic systems are now more fragmented and isolated than historically and the introduction of non-native fish species has complicated current status of native fishes. Core habitat and population centers do remain as building blocks for restoration. Social and economic conditions within the Assessment area vary considerably, depending to a great extent on population, diversity of employment opportunities, and changing demographics. Those counties with the higher population densities and greater diversity of employment opportunities are generally more resilient to economic downturns. This Assessment provides a rich information base, including over 170 mapped themes with associated models and databases, from which future decisions can benefit. Keywords: Columbia basin, biophysical systems, social systems, ecosystem. Close

• 206. [Article] The effects of density and proportion on spring wheat and Lolium multiflorum Lam

  This thesis consists of four chapters. Literature is reviewed in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 describes an addition series experiment to determine the influence of species density and proportion on vegetative ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The effects of density and proportion on spring wheat and Lolium multiflorum Lam Author: Concannon, Julie Ann This thesis consists of four chapters. Literature is reviewed in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 describes an addition series experiment to determine the influence of species density and proportion on vegetative and reproductive yield of spring wheat and Lolium multiflorum. Chapter 3 consists of a growth analysis experiment to determine whether proximity factors and time and temperature (incorporated into growing degree day units) affect the growth rates of species height, leaf number, tiller number, and leaf area index. The final chapter contains conclusions drawn from both experiments. A review of competition literature indicates that yield-density relationships can be studied using additive studies, replacement series, and addition series experiments. Intra- and interspecific competitive responses may be quantified best with the latter two approaches. Additive studies confound variables of species density and adequately Spring multiflorum proportion and therefore, do not assess competitive responses of weed and crop. wheat (Triticum aestivum) (L.) and Lolium (Lam.) were grown together in an addition series to examine the influence of species density and proportion on vegetative and reproductive biomass. Wheat grain yields indicated that yield increased with wheat monoculture density. However, the increase in grain yield was not linear, indicating that constant final yield occurred at high wheat monoculture densities. Grain yield decreased with increasing ryegrass density. These observations suggest that both intra- and interspecific competition occurred during the study. Grain yield was highly correlated with total biomass. Therefore mean plant biomass was used as a competitive predictive regression models. Regression results indicate that wheat was a more effective competitor than ryegrass over all species relative and total densities. A model was developed by regressing mean reciprocal weight as a response to final densities of both species. Relative competitive abilities were calculated for each species. The relative competitive ability of wheat suggests that one wheat plant was as competitive as 6.7 ryegrass plants. However, wheat also was more competitive with itself than with ryegrass. Ryegrass relative competitive ability indicated that one ryegrass plant was as competitive as one wheat or ryegrass plant. Species density and proportion and time and temperature (incorporated in growing degree day units (GDD)) were included in the regression model as independent variables to describe relative rates of plant growth for both species. Growth parameters (seed size, height, leaf number, tiller number, and leaf area index (LAI)) were measured throughout the growing season. Analysis of variance and covariance on relative rates of growth and seasonal LAI indicated that proximity factors of species density and proportion influenced relative rates of growth and seasonal LAI of both species. GDD was usually a significant variable in the regression equations, suggesting that time and temperature also influenced rates of growth. The regression equations describing relative rates of growth indicate that wheat, by virtue of a large seed size and high early season LAI, captured a large share of resources by germinating fast and quickly overtopping ryegrass in the mixture. The trend continued throughout the season. However, suppressed ryegrass plants maintained a constant rate of growth. Ryegrass eventually grew as tall or taller than wheat plants and produced a higher LAI than wheat in mixtures. This may be a growth strategy which makes ryegrass a persistent weed in spring wheat cropping systems. Title: The effects of density and proportion on spring wheat and Lolium multiflorum Lam Author: Concannon, Julie Ann This thesis consists of four chapters. Literature is reviewed in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 describes an addition series experiment to determine the influence of species density and proportion on vegetative and reproductive yield of spring wheat and Lolium multiflorum. Chapter 3 consists of a growth analysis experiment to determine whether proximity factors and time and temperature (incorporated into growing degree day units) affect the growth rates of species height, leaf number, tiller number, and leaf area index. The final chapter contains conclusions drawn from both experiments. A review of competition literature indicates that yield-density relationships can be studied using additive studies, replacement series, and addition series experiments. Intra- and interspecific competitive responses may be quantified best with the latter two approaches. Additive studies confound variables of species density and adequately Spring multiflorum proportion and therefore, do not assess competitive responses of weed and crop. wheat (Triticum aestivum) (L.) and Lolium (Lam.) were grown together in an addition series to examine the influence of species density and proportion on vegetative and reproductive biomass. Wheat grain yields indicated that yield increased with wheat monoculture density. However, the increase in grain yield was not linear, indicating that constant final yield occurred at high wheat monoculture densities. Grain yield decreased with increasing ryegrass density. These observations suggest that both intra- and interspecific competition occurred during the study. Grain yield was highly correlated with total biomass. Therefore mean plant biomass was used as a competitive predictive regression models. Regression results indicate that wheat was a more effective competitor than ryegrass over all species relative and total densities. A model was developed by regressing mean reciprocal weight as a response to final densities of both species. Relative competitive abilities were calculated for each species. The relative competitive ability of wheat suggests that one wheat plant was as competitive as 6.7 ryegrass plants. However, wheat also was more competitive with itself than with ryegrass. Ryegrass relative competitive ability indicated that one ryegrass plant was as competitive as one wheat or ryegrass plant. Species density and proportion and time and temperature (incorporated in growing degree day units (GDD)) were included in the regression model as independent variables to describe relative rates of plant growth for both species. Growth parameters (seed size, height, leaf number, tiller number, and leaf area index (LAI)) were measured throughout the growing season. Analysis of variance and covariance on relative rates of growth and seasonal LAI indicated that proximity factors of species density and proportion influenced relative rates of growth and seasonal LAI of both species. GDD was usually a significant variable in the regression equations, suggesting that time and temperature also influenced rates of growth. The regression equations describing relative rates of growth indicate that wheat, by virtue of a large seed size and high early season LAI, captured a large share of resources by germinating fast and quickly overtopping ryegrass in the mixture. The trend continued throughout the season. However, suppressed ryegrass plants maintained a constant rate of growth. Ryegrass eventually grew as tall or taller than wheat plants and produced a higher LAI than wheat in mixtures. This may be a growth strategy which makes ryegrass a persistent weed in spring wheat cropping systems. Close

• 207. [Image] Williamson River delta restoration project : environmental assessment

  	"May 2000"; From cover: Prepared for U.S. Department of Agriculture/Natural Resources Conservation Service, 2316 South 6th Street, Suite C, Klamath Falls, Oregon 97601. In Partnership with The Nature Conservancy, ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Williamson River delta restoration project : environmental assessment Year: 2000, 2005 "May 2000"; From cover: Prepared for U.S. Department of Agriculture/Natural Resources Conservation Service, 2316 South 6th Street, Suite C, Klamath Falls, Oregon 97601. In Partnership with The Nature Conservancy, 821 SE 14th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97214 and US Fish and Wildlife Service, US Bureau of Reclamation, Klamath Tribes, PacifiCorp, Cell Tech International; Includes bibliographic references (p. 60-66) Title: Williamson River delta restoration project : environmental assessment Year: 2000, 2005 "May 2000"; From cover: Prepared for U.S. Department of Agriculture/Natural Resources Conservation Service, 2316 South 6th Street, Suite C, Klamath Falls, Oregon 97601. In Partnership with The Nature Conservancy, 821 SE 14th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97214 and US Fish and Wildlife Service, US Bureau of Reclamation, Klamath Tribes, PacifiCorp, Cell Tech International; Includes bibliographic references (p. 60-66) Close

• 208. [Article] The influence of tree cover and shade pattern upon the distribution of understory plants in ponderosa pine stands of central Oregon

  Seven sites of uniform topography and soil were selected within a self perpetuating ponderosa pine forest found on the eastern flank of the central Oregon Cascades. These plots were located along a vegetational ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The influence of tree cover and shade pattern upon the distribution of understory plants in ponderosa pine stands of central Oregon Author: Robinson, Andrew Frederick, Jr. Seven sites of uniform topography and soil were selected within a self perpetuating ponderosa pine forest found on the eastern flank of the central Oregon Cascades. These plots were located along a vegetational gradient caused mainly by an orographic rain shadow. Data gathered included density, frequency, and cover for all understory species, amount of direct overhead tree cover, and amount of shade cast by the tree canopy. An attempt was made to relate the distributional pattern of understory species to influences caused by shade, overhead tree cover, and shrub cover within each pIot. The Dfd index and Cole's index were statistical methods used to correlate the herbaceous species pattern to overhead tree cover, shrub cover, and shade. Of the two, Cole's index appeared to be a more sensitive tool for this study. All the shrub species with the exception of Purshia tridentata showed a consistent distributional pattern to insolation. The position along the vegetational gradient appeared to be related with the shrub's affinity for an insolation class. Those shrubs restricted to the mesic end of the gradient showed an affinity for Iow insolation or deep shade. Conversely, those shrubs occurring on the xeric end showed an affinity for higher insolation. Those shrubs found in the center of the gradient showed an affinity for moderate insolation. Ten herbaceous species out of a total of 16 observed showed apparent affinities for a certain microhabitat within the stand. Plot location, shade, overhead vertical crown cover, and shrub cover influenced the distribution of herbaceous species within the plot. Species found within mesic plots showed a weak affinity for cover, but those on xeric plots showed a strong affinity for cover. A weak indication of the spatial ecological niche was gained for 15 herbaceous species, but a strong indication was observed for Trientalis latifolia. Similarly, some insight into the ecological performance of the species was gained in regard to insolation. Usually the plot location coincided with the species' affinity for an insolation class. If the species occurred mainly on the mesic end of the gradient, it showed an affinity, for deep shade (Lupinus caudatus, Fragaria virginiana, Trientalis latifolia, and Pteridium aquilinum). If the species occurred mainly on the xeric end of the gradient, it showed an affinity for high insolation (Viola purpurea, Carex inops, and Madia minirna). Five species showed some affinity for moderate insolation (Clarkia rhornboidea, Eriogonurn urnbellaturn, Kelloggia galioides , Mimulus nanus, and Stipa occidentalis), but the correlation with plot location was less clear. Four species (Festuca idahoensis, Sitanion hvstrix, Achillea rnillefoliurn, and Lathvrus lanswertii) were not restricted to any part of the gradient. These species showed preference to insolation with the plot, but this preference was not usually the same throughout the gradient. Indications of the limits of ecological potential were found for some of these species, in particular Achillea millefolium which did not occur on any plot where insolation was less than 10%. Title: The influence of tree cover and shade pattern upon the distribution of understory plants in ponderosa pine stands of central Oregon Author: Robinson, Andrew Frederick, Jr. Seven sites of uniform topography and soil were selected within a self perpetuating ponderosa pine forest found on the eastern flank of the central Oregon Cascades. These plots were located along a vegetational gradient caused mainly by an orographic rain shadow. Data gathered included density, frequency, and cover for all understory species, amount of direct overhead tree cover, and amount of shade cast by the tree canopy. An attempt was made to relate the distributional pattern of understory species to influences caused by shade, overhead tree cover, and shrub cover within each pIot. The Dfd index and Cole's index were statistical methods used to correlate the herbaceous species pattern to overhead tree cover, shrub cover, and shade. Of the two, Cole's index appeared to be a more sensitive tool for this study. All the shrub species with the exception of Purshia tridentata showed a consistent distributional pattern to insolation. The position along the vegetational gradient appeared to be related with the shrub's affinity for an insolation class. Those shrubs restricted to the mesic end of the gradient showed an affinity for Iow insolation or deep shade. Conversely, those shrubs occurring on the xeric end showed an affinity for higher insolation. Those shrubs found in the center of the gradient showed an affinity for moderate insolation. Ten herbaceous species out of a total of 16 observed showed apparent affinities for a certain microhabitat within the stand. Plot location, shade, overhead vertical crown cover, and shrub cover influenced the distribution of herbaceous species within the plot. Species found within mesic plots showed a weak affinity for cover, but those on xeric plots showed a strong affinity for cover. A weak indication of the spatial ecological niche was gained for 15 herbaceous species, but a strong indication was observed for Trientalis latifolia. Similarly, some insight into the ecological performance of the species was gained in regard to insolation. Usually the plot location coincided with the species' affinity for an insolation class. If the species occurred mainly on the mesic end of the gradient, it showed an affinity, for deep shade (Lupinus caudatus, Fragaria virginiana, Trientalis latifolia, and Pteridium aquilinum). If the species occurred mainly on the xeric end of the gradient, it showed an affinity for high insolation (Viola purpurea, Carex inops, and Madia minirna). Five species showed some affinity for moderate insolation (Clarkia rhornboidea, Eriogonurn urnbellaturn, Kelloggia galioides , Mimulus nanus, and Stipa occidentalis), but the correlation with plot location was less clear. Four species (Festuca idahoensis, Sitanion hvstrix, Achillea rnillefoliurn, and Lathvrus lanswertii) were not restricted to any part of the gradient. These species showed preference to insolation with the plot, but this preference was not usually the same throughout the gradient. Indications of the limits of ecological potential were found for some of these species, in particular Achillea millefolium which did not occur on any plot where insolation was less than 10%. Close

• 209. [Article] Rapid endangered species assessment : a novel approach to improve extinction risk assessments in poorly known species

  The number of endangered species is rapidly increasing while paucity of adequate information and resources delays establishment of conservation actions. The IUCN’s listing system is insufficient to determine ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Rapid endangered species assessment : a novel approach to improve extinction risk assessments in poorly known species Author: Bianchi, Carlos A. The number of endangered species is rapidly increasing while paucity of adequate information and resources delays establishment of conservation actions. The IUCN’s listing system is insufficient to determine conservation priorities and many species lack information even to be evaluated (i.e., “data deficient”). Here I proposed and tested the Rapid Endangered Species Assessment approach, combining methods including distribution modeling, landscape/habitat availability analysis and an evaluation of population spatial structure to improve information about species of concern and make future extinction risk assessments more attainable. I used the Pfrimer’s Parakeet (Pyrrhura pfrimeri) an endemic Brazilian species, as a case study. I modeled and validated the potential distribution of the species, known to occur in association with the tropical dry forests in central Brazil, using the Maxent method. The model predicted potential occurrence in three regions in central Brazil. Field surveys used to validate model found the species at 17 sites, all located in the dry forests of the Paranã River Basin. Modeling results set boundaries for the analysis of loss and fragmentation of the species’ habitat. Satellite imagery and remote sensing techniques were used to estimate deforestation trends over a large spatiotemporal scale (31 years). Results indicated a 66.3% decrease in forest extent, average annual deforestation rate of 2.1% and significant increase in fragmentation, suggesting that these forests may disappear in less than 20 years if current deforestation rates persist. The habitat availability analysis set boundaries for the investigation of spatial arrangement of local populations of Pfrimer’s Parakeets, which was carried out by collecting information on abundance, densities estimates, species home range, and habitat use. Twenty individuals were monitored with radio transmitters and home range estimates averaged between 195.7 ha (fixed kernel) and 261.8 ha (minimum convex polygons). Habitat use was estimated with behavioral observations of birds flying through a mosaic of forests and pastures. I found no evidence that the species used open areas farther than 300m from the forest edge. Systematic line transects and observations of parakeets per time effort produced estimates of population densities at 11.7 individuals/km2; indicating strong variation in abundance indices among areas, suggesting a population decline. The Rapid Endangered Species Assessment represents a broad and integrative approach carried out over a short term and was successfully used to produce relevant data about a poorly known species. Thus, I propose the use of this approach as a minimally ideal yet scientifically viable method to generate information for extinction risk assessment of species. Title: Rapid endangered species assessment : a novel approach to improve extinction risk assessments in poorly known species Author: Bianchi, Carlos A. The number of endangered species is rapidly increasing while paucity of adequate information and resources delays establishment of conservation actions. The IUCN’s listing system is insufficient to determine conservation priorities and many species lack information even to be evaluated (i.e., “data deficient”). Here I proposed and tested the Rapid Endangered Species Assessment approach, combining methods including distribution modeling, landscape/habitat availability analysis and an evaluation of population spatial structure to improve information about species of concern and make future extinction risk assessments more attainable. I used the Pfrimer’s Parakeet (Pyrrhura pfrimeri) an endemic Brazilian species, as a case study. I modeled and validated the potential distribution of the species, known to occur in association with the tropical dry forests in central Brazil, using the Maxent method. The model predicted potential occurrence in three regions in central Brazil. Field surveys used to validate model found the species at 17 sites, all located in the dry forests of the Paranã River Basin. Modeling results set boundaries for the analysis of loss and fragmentation of the species’ habitat. Satellite imagery and remote sensing techniques were used to estimate deforestation trends over a large spatiotemporal scale (31 years). Results indicated a 66.3% decrease in forest extent, average annual deforestation rate of 2.1% and significant increase in fragmentation, suggesting that these forests may disappear in less than 20 years if current deforestation rates persist. The habitat availability analysis set boundaries for the investigation of spatial arrangement of local populations of Pfrimer’s Parakeets, which was carried out by collecting information on abundance, densities estimates, species home range, and habitat use. Twenty individuals were monitored with radio transmitters and home range estimates averaged between 195.7 ha (fixed kernel) and 261.8 ha (minimum convex polygons). Habitat use was estimated with behavioral observations of birds flying through a mosaic of forests and pastures. I found no evidence that the species used open areas farther than 300m from the forest edge. Systematic line transects and observations of parakeets per time effort produced estimates of population densities at 11.7 individuals/km2; indicating strong variation in abundance indices among areas, suggesting a population decline. The Rapid Endangered Species Assessment represents a broad and integrative approach carried out over a short term and was successfully used to produce relevant data about a poorly known species. Thus, I propose the use of this approach as a minimally ideal yet scientifically viable method to generate information for extinction risk assessment of species. Close

• 210. [Article] Community organization and succession in rocky intertidal surfgrass beds

  Succession and organization of rocky intertidal zone surfgrass beds (Phyllospadix scouleri Hook) were examined experimentally at two sites on the Oregon coast. The interaction of three attributes of the ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Community organization and succession in rocky intertidal surfgrass beds Author: Turner, Teresa Succession and organization of rocky intertidal zone surfgrass beds (Phyllospadix scouleri Hook) were examined experimentally at two sites on the Oregon coast. The interaction of three attributes of the plant -- high persistence, high preemption, and slow recovery -- strongly influences the organization of surfgrass beds. Permanent plots indicate that surfgrass is persistent. Comparisons of experimental surfgrass removal and control plots demonstrate its preemptive ability, because removal plots are invaded by many algal species, but these algae are preempted from control plots. The slow growth of surfgrass rhizomes and the slower recruitment of surfgrass seeds indicate its recovery ability is low. The interaction of these phenomena produces a mosaic of surfgrass and algae in different successional stages. The successional sequence following a disturbance is more complex than predicted by any simple model because of temporal and spatial variation as well as differences in the species replacement mechanism. In some plots the early colonists, the perennial brown algal blade Phaeostrophion irregulare and the annual green algal blade Ulva sp., dominated for three years; in others they were replaced by a suite of middle successional species including the branched red algae Cryptosiphonia woodii. In other plots the slowest growing middle successional species, the branched red alga Rhodomela larix replaced other species. Part of this variability appears to be caused by large waves in the fall and winter, which remove large areas of algal cover, allowing dominant species to be replace by either earlier or later successional species. Part of the variability appears to be caused by local differences in the surfgrass understory before disturbance. Rhodomela larix is usually not completely removed by disturbance and regrows from its holdfast more readily than it recruits from spores. The mechanisms by which later species replace earlier ones differ depending on the successional stage. Established Phaeostrophion inhibits Ulva and filamentous diatoms. In contrast, certain middle successional species are necessary for seeds of the late successional surfgrass to recruit. The barbed seeds become attached to algal species with a central axis approximately 1 mm in diameter but not to algae with other forms. Title: Community organization and succession in rocky intertidal surfgrass beds Author: Turner, Teresa Succession and organization of rocky intertidal zone surfgrass beds (Phyllospadix scouleri Hook) were examined experimentally at two sites on the Oregon coast. The interaction of three attributes of the plant -- high persistence, high preemption, and slow recovery -- strongly influences the organization of surfgrass beds. Permanent plots indicate that surfgrass is persistent. Comparisons of experimental surfgrass removal and control plots demonstrate its preemptive ability, because removal plots are invaded by many algal species, but these algae are preempted from control plots. The slow growth of surfgrass rhizomes and the slower recruitment of surfgrass seeds indicate its recovery ability is low. The interaction of these phenomena produces a mosaic of surfgrass and algae in different successional stages. The successional sequence following a disturbance is more complex than predicted by any simple model because of temporal and spatial variation as well as differences in the species replacement mechanism. In some plots the early colonists, the perennial brown algal blade Phaeostrophion irregulare and the annual green algal blade Ulva sp., dominated for three years; in others they were replaced by a suite of middle successional species including the branched red algae Cryptosiphonia woodii. In other plots the slowest growing middle successional species, the branched red alga Rhodomela larix replaced other species. Part of this variability appears to be caused by large waves in the fall and winter, which remove large areas of algal cover, allowing dominant species to be replace by either earlier or later successional species. Part of the variability appears to be caused by local differences in the surfgrass understory before disturbance. Rhodomela larix is usually not completely removed by disturbance and regrows from its holdfast more readily than it recruits from spores. The mechanisms by which later species replace earlier ones differ depending on the successional stage. Established Phaeostrophion inhibits Ulva and filamentous diatoms. In contrast, certain middle successional species are necessary for seeds of the late successional surfgrass to recruit. The barbed seeds become attached to algal species with a central axis approximately 1 mm in diameter but not to algae with other forms. Close

• 211. [Article] Supplementary Data Terrestrial Mollusk Location and Species Count

  Supporting data in csv table format.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Supplementary Data Terrestrial Mollusk Location and Species Count Author: Emery-Wetherell, Meaghan Marie, Mathew, Christine, Church, Cameron, Dellard, Ellie, Davis, Edward Byrd, Roering, Josh Year: 2017 Supporting data in csv table format. Title: Supplementary Data Terrestrial Mollusk Location and Species Count Author: Emery-Wetherell, Meaghan Marie, Mathew, Christine, Church, Cameron, Dellard, Ellie, Davis, Edward Byrd, Roering, Josh Year: 2017 Supporting data in csv table format. Close

• 212. [Article] Using a species-centered approach to examine patterns and drivers of avian species richness in the Rogue Basin, Oregon

  The combined effects of habitat loss, degradation, and fragmentation pose a serious threat to Earth's biodiversity, imperiling even relatively common species. 'Habitat' is necessarily a species-specific ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Using a species-centered approach to examine patterns and drivers of avian species richness in the Rogue Basin, Oregon Author: Halstead, Katherine E. The combined effects of habitat loss, degradation, and fragmentation pose a serious threat to Earth's biodiversity, imperiling even relatively common species. 'Habitat' is necessarily a species-specific concept, and investigations of bird diversity relationships and subsequent efforts to prioritize conservation areas, are challenged by the difficulty of estimating complex habitat gradients for multiple species across broad spatial scales. Technologies such as fine-resolution remote sensing combined with enhanced species distribution modeling techniques hold promise for more accurate assessments of multi-species habitat distributions. In this research, I focused on forest bird species which utilize and/or are highly associated with threatened Oregon white oak and California black oak (Quercus garrayana and Q. kelloggii) vegetation types in the Rogue Basin of southwest Oregon. I created individual species distribution models (SDMs) for 48 bird species as a function of fine-resolution (30 x 30 m) remotely sensed land cover and other environmental variables using boosted regression tree (BRT) models. I then 'stacked' SDMs for spatially explicit regional estimates of multi-species avian richness. In my first chapter, I examined the potential for site-level species richness to be influenced by local vegetation and environmental conditions (e.g. the "local vegetation heterogeneity hypothesis") or by landscape-level dispersal potential (e.g. the "regional species pool hypothesis"). I summarized 'stacked' SDMs for indices of 1) habitat amount at a local scale relevant bird territory use and 2) habitat amount at a broad scale relevant to forest bird dispersal, and ask whether local- or landscape-scale habitat amount is relatively more important to site-level bird species richness. I hypothesized that greater importance of either habitat amount metric would indicate greater influence of local or landscape drivers to local richness. I found evidence that for a large pool of bird species with diverse habitat associations, landscape-scale habitat amount may be relatively more important to local (i.e., territory level) richness of forest birds than is local habitat amount. In contrast, for more specialized (i.e., oak-associated) guilds, local-scale habitat may be considerably more important than amount of habitat within the surrounding landscape. My results suggest the importance of local- and landscape-scale processes in structuring bird communities, supporting both 'local vegetation heterogeneity' and 'regional species pool' hypotheses. In my second chapter, I examined the relationships between landownership, oak vegetation distribution, and bird diversity, with the objective of determining which of five primary landownership types contribute most strongly to bird species habitat in the Rogue Basin. I asked whether individual bird species distributions and estimated richness are 'additive' or 'redundant' among land ownership types, hypothesizing that differences among owners will be apparent and related to the amount of oak-dominant vegetation held by each owner regionally. I found that estimated local mean species richness of oak-associated birds in private non-industrial (PNI) ownerships is approximately double that of other Rogue Basin public and private ownerships examined. This result may be driven by disproportionate PNI ownership of limited oak cover types, and/or by hypothesized variation in management goals and activities among owners which influence local vegetation structure. Relatively greater importance of territory-scale habitat to local oak-associated species richness suggests management for these species should maximize site-level habitat amount and quality. The importance of private non-industrial owners to oak-associated avian richness validates current focus on engaging private landowners in bird-focused oak conservation and restoration. Overall, my research links efforts to conserve avian habitat with efforts to understand multi-scale drivers of bird diversity, using a novel methodology that embraces the complexity of species' habitat gradients. Title: Using a species-centered approach to examine patterns and drivers of avian species richness in the Rogue Basin, Oregon Author: Halstead, Katherine E. The combined effects of habitat loss, degradation, and fragmentation pose a serious threat to Earth's biodiversity, imperiling even relatively common species. 'Habitat' is necessarily a species-specific concept, and investigations of bird diversity relationships and subsequent efforts to prioritize conservation areas, are challenged by the difficulty of estimating complex habitat gradients for multiple species across broad spatial scales. Technologies such as fine-resolution remote sensing combined with enhanced species distribution modeling techniques hold promise for more accurate assessments of multi-species habitat distributions. In this research, I focused on forest bird species which utilize and/or are highly associated with threatened Oregon white oak and California black oak (Quercus garrayana and Q. kelloggii) vegetation types in the Rogue Basin of southwest Oregon. I created individual species distribution models (SDMs) for 48 bird species as a function of fine-resolution (30 x 30 m) remotely sensed land cover and other environmental variables using boosted regression tree (BRT) models. I then 'stacked' SDMs for spatially explicit regional estimates of multi-species avian richness. In my first chapter, I examined the potential for site-level species richness to be influenced by local vegetation and environmental conditions (e.g. the "local vegetation heterogeneity hypothesis") or by landscape-level dispersal potential (e.g. the "regional species pool hypothesis"). I summarized 'stacked' SDMs for indices of 1) habitat amount at a local scale relevant bird territory use and 2) habitat amount at a broad scale relevant to forest bird dispersal, and ask whether local- or landscape-scale habitat amount is relatively more important to site-level bird species richness. I hypothesized that greater importance of either habitat amount metric would indicate greater influence of local or landscape drivers to local richness. I found evidence that for a large pool of bird species with diverse habitat associations, landscape-scale habitat amount may be relatively more important to local (i.e., territory level) richness of forest birds than is local habitat amount. In contrast, for more specialized (i.e., oak-associated) guilds, local-scale habitat may be considerably more important than amount of habitat within the surrounding landscape. My results suggest the importance of local- and landscape-scale processes in structuring bird communities, supporting both 'local vegetation heterogeneity' and 'regional species pool' hypotheses. In my second chapter, I examined the relationships between landownership, oak vegetation distribution, and bird diversity, with the objective of determining which of five primary landownership types contribute most strongly to bird species habitat in the Rogue Basin. I asked whether individual bird species distributions and estimated richness are 'additive' or 'redundant' among land ownership types, hypothesizing that differences among owners will be apparent and related to the amount of oak-dominant vegetation held by each owner regionally. I found that estimated local mean species richness of oak-associated birds in private non-industrial (PNI) ownerships is approximately double that of other Rogue Basin public and private ownerships examined. This result may be driven by disproportionate PNI ownership of limited oak cover types, and/or by hypothesized variation in management goals and activities among owners which influence local vegetation structure. Relatively greater importance of territory-scale habitat to local oak-associated species richness suggests management for these species should maximize site-level habitat amount and quality. The importance of private non-industrial owners to oak-associated avian richness validates current focus on engaging private landowners in bird-focused oak conservation and restoration. Overall, my research links efforts to conserve avian habitat with efforts to understand multi-scale drivers of bird diversity, using a novel methodology that embraces the complexity of species' habitat gradients. Close

• 213. [Article] Distribution of Euphausiacea and Copepoda off Oregon in relation to oceanographic conditions

  Fifty-two one-meter plankton net samples from four stations off Newport, Oregon, were examined for composition and abundance of euphausiids and copepods. They provided data on dominance, species associations ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Distribution of Euphausiacea and Copepoda off Oregon in relation to oceanographic conditions Author: Hebard, James Frank Fifty-two one-meter plankton net samples from four stations off Newport, Oregon, were examined for composition and abundance of euphausiids and copepods. They provided data on dominance, species associations and environmental relationships. The euphausiid-copepod population off Oregon is composed of 12 numerically dominant species. These species occurred in most of the samples regardless of season or location. In order of their percentage contribution these species were Euphausia pacifica, Metridia pacifica, Calanus finmarchicus, Calanus pacificus, Eucalanus bungii, Calanus plumchrus, Calanus A., Metridia lucens, Thysanoessa spinifera, Acartia longiremis, Aetideus armatus and Calanus tenuico rnis. Sixty-seven other species were collected, several undergoing distributional changes in response to changing oceanographic conditions. Three species, Nematoscelis difficilis (d), Rhincalanus nasutus and Acartia danae are associated with the fall influx of water from the south . Tessarabrachion oculatus, Eucalanus elongatus hyalinus, Pseudocalanus minutus and Oithona spinirostris were primarily summer species. Eighteen other species occurred consistently at NH-45 and beyond throughout the year with an occasional shoreward extension in distribution during the winter. Two methods of association analysis were used. The Fager- McConnaughey method, which utilizes only presence or absence, produced 47 separate associations. Most of these were determined by a few infrequent or rare species. The Sanders method, which utilizes relative abundance, produced six basic associations which differed mainly in the proportions of the dominant species rather than major changes in species composition. Neither method revealed well defined communities off Oregon, probably because of the absence of rapid or extreme fluctuations in the environment or because of the small geographical area sampled. The similarity between species associations were compared with the temperature and salinity relationships indicative of changes in the physical environment. Higher affinities occurred between samples taken under similar temperature and salinity conditions than occurred between samples from different conditions. Title: Distribution of Euphausiacea and Copepoda off Oregon in relation to oceanographic conditions Author: Hebard, James Frank Fifty-two one-meter plankton net samples from four stations off Newport, Oregon, were examined for composition and abundance of euphausiids and copepods. They provided data on dominance, species associations and environmental relationships. The euphausiid-copepod population off Oregon is composed of 12 numerically dominant species. These species occurred in most of the samples regardless of season or location. In order of their percentage contribution these species were Euphausia pacifica, Metridia pacifica, Calanus finmarchicus, Calanus pacificus, Eucalanus bungii, Calanus plumchrus, Calanus A., Metridia lucens, Thysanoessa spinifera, Acartia longiremis, Aetideus armatus and Calanus tenuico rnis. Sixty-seven other species were collected, several undergoing distributional changes in response to changing oceanographic conditions. Three species, Nematoscelis difficilis (d), Rhincalanus nasutus and Acartia danae are associated with the fall influx of water from the south . Tessarabrachion oculatus, Eucalanus elongatus hyalinus, Pseudocalanus minutus and Oithona spinirostris were primarily summer species. Eighteen other species occurred consistently at NH-45 and beyond throughout the year with an occasional shoreward extension in distribution during the winter. Two methods of association analysis were used. The Fager- McConnaughey method, which utilizes only presence or absence, produced 47 separate associations. Most of these were determined by a few infrequent or rare species. The Sanders method, which utilizes relative abundance, produced six basic associations which differed mainly in the proportions of the dominant species rather than major changes in species composition. Neither method revealed well defined communities off Oregon, probably because of the absence of rapid or extreme fluctuations in the environment or because of the small geographical area sampled. The similarity between species associations were compared with the temperature and salinity relationships indicative of changes in the physical environment. Higher affinities occurred between samples taken under similar temperature and salinity conditions than occurred between samples from different conditions. Close

• 214. [Article] Exploring stakeholders' attitudes and beliefs regarding behaviors that prevent the spread of invasive species : a focus group study

  This research explores the barriers that prevent stakeholders from changing their hobby behaviors to help prevent the spread of invasive species in Oregon. Invasive species are increasingly causing economic ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Exploring stakeholders' attitudes and beliefs regarding behaviors that prevent the spread of invasive species : a focus group study Author: Kubeck, Gwenn This research explores the barriers that prevent stakeholders from changing their hobby behaviors to help prevent the spread of invasive species in Oregon. Invasive species are increasingly causing economic and ecosystem harm in Oregon. This is among the first studies done on the human dimensions of invasive species. Using the Theory of Planned Behavior as a framework, the attitudes, norms and perceived behavioral controls regarding preventative behaviors were elucidated during four focus groups (29 individuals) with individual groupings of gardeners, anglers, hunters and boaters. Findings indicate six belief barriers to changing hobby behaviors. These include 1) the attitude that preventative behaviors, such as using pesticides, may be worse for the environment than invasive species, 2)the attitude that the fight against invasive species is a losing battle, 3)the norm belief that institutions don’t care enough to prioritize action on the issue of invasive species, 4) the norm belief that the general public both doesn’t know and doesn't care about invasive species, 5) the behavioral control belief that one doesn't know enough about the preventative behaviors to be effective, and 6) the behavioral control belief that preventative behaviors are too difficult to perform. Understanding the beliefs that prevent changes in behavior will help inform the creation of effective statewide invasive species awareness and actions campaigns, such as that being led by the Oregon Invasive Species Council, as well as provide a foundation of research on which to build additional research. Findings suggest that an effective way to engage stakeholders in being part of the solution to invasive species may include addressing social norms by targeting awareness messaging and engagement activities to hobby groups. Title: Exploring stakeholders' attitudes and beliefs regarding behaviors that prevent the spread of invasive species : a focus group study Author: Kubeck, Gwenn This research explores the barriers that prevent stakeholders from changing their hobby behaviors to help prevent the spread of invasive species in Oregon. Invasive species are increasingly causing economic and ecosystem harm in Oregon. This is among the first studies done on the human dimensions of invasive species. Using the Theory of Planned Behavior as a framework, the attitudes, norms and perceived behavioral controls regarding preventative behaviors were elucidated during four focus groups (29 individuals) with individual groupings of gardeners, anglers, hunters and boaters. Findings indicate six belief barriers to changing hobby behaviors. These include 1) the attitude that preventative behaviors, such as using pesticides, may be worse for the environment than invasive species, 2)the attitude that the fight against invasive species is a losing battle, 3)the norm belief that institutions don’t care enough to prioritize action on the issue of invasive species, 4) the norm belief that the general public both doesn’t know and doesn't care about invasive species, 5) the behavioral control belief that one doesn't know enough about the preventative behaviors to be effective, and 6) the behavioral control belief that preventative behaviors are too difficult to perform. Understanding the beliefs that prevent changes in behavior will help inform the creation of effective statewide invasive species awareness and actions campaigns, such as that being led by the Oregon Invasive Species Council, as well as provide a foundation of research on which to build additional research. Findings suggest that an effective way to engage stakeholders in being part of the solution to invasive species may include addressing social norms by targeting awareness messaging and engagement activities to hobby groups. Close

• 215. [Article] Effects of scale properties on biodiversity mapping in Oregon

  The effect of scale is an important concern in mapping of biodiversity. Scale issues include the grid cell size used for analysis and the effect of the extent and internal boundaries. Because biodiversity ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Effects of scale properties on biodiversity mapping in Oregon Author: Kennelly, Patrick J., (Patrick Joseph) The effect of scale is an important concern in mapping of biodiversity. Scale issues include the grid cell size used for analysis and the effect of the extent and internal boundaries. Because biodiversity analysis involves combinatorial processes, determining the proper scale is data dependent and cannot be predicted from the initial data values and their distribution. Biodiversity analysis often samples combinations of species within geopolitical boundaries. The effects of ecoregion boundaries on prioritization analysis was analyzed in two ways. This study determined that prioritization hexagons for Oregon do not fall preferentially on ecoregion boundaries. This research also concluded that results of prioritization analysis are geographically stable with the elimination of hexagons on ecoregion boundaries from analysis. Species maps based on the Environmental Protection Agency's Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) grid were analyzed. Grid cells 7 times as large result in species richness maps statistically similar to maps made with the EMAP grid. Patterns of localized variation between grid cells indicate no one area is contributing to the overall variation. Prioritization maps, however, show different patterns of selected hexagons. Grid cells 49 times as large show a loss of species richness variation and a different pattern of prioritization hexagons. Richness maps based on wildlife habitat relations were used to map species richness at seven different three-fold compositions and decompositions of the EMAP grid. Analysis of statistics indicates that no scale shows a small relative decrease in coefficient of variation(CV), indicating no scale is relatively superior for richness mapping. Prioritization analysis was performed on the new combinations of species lists for five grid cell sizes ranging from 1/9 to 9X's the size of the EMAP grid. Efficiency of prioritization and map patterns of prioritization areas indicate that grid cells 1/3 the size of the EMAP hexagons are optimal. Comparisons can be made between the two biodiversity analyses at the EMAP scale for wildlife habitat vs. EMAP grid based species range maps. CV values have increased and the efficiency of prioritization is enhanced. This can be attributed to finer resolution sampling capturing additional information. Title: Effects of scale properties on biodiversity mapping in Oregon Author: Kennelly, Patrick J., (Patrick Joseph) The effect of scale is an important concern in mapping of biodiversity. Scale issues include the grid cell size used for analysis and the effect of the extent and internal boundaries. Because biodiversity analysis involves combinatorial processes, determining the proper scale is data dependent and cannot be predicted from the initial data values and their distribution. Biodiversity analysis often samples combinations of species within geopolitical boundaries. The effects of ecoregion boundaries on prioritization analysis was analyzed in two ways. This study determined that prioritization hexagons for Oregon do not fall preferentially on ecoregion boundaries. This research also concluded that results of prioritization analysis are geographically stable with the elimination of hexagons on ecoregion boundaries from analysis. Species maps based on the Environmental Protection Agency's Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) grid were analyzed. Grid cells 7 times as large result in species richness maps statistically similar to maps made with the EMAP grid. Patterns of localized variation between grid cells indicate no one area is contributing to the overall variation. Prioritization maps, however, show different patterns of selected hexagons. Grid cells 49 times as large show a loss of species richness variation and a different pattern of prioritization hexagons. Richness maps based on wildlife habitat relations were used to map species richness at seven different three-fold compositions and decompositions of the EMAP grid. Analysis of statistics indicates that no scale shows a small relative decrease in coefficient of variation(CV), indicating no scale is relatively superior for richness mapping. Prioritization analysis was performed on the new combinations of species lists for five grid cell sizes ranging from 1/9 to 9X's the size of the EMAP grid. Efficiency of prioritization and map patterns of prioritization areas indicate that grid cells 1/3 the size of the EMAP hexagons are optimal. Comparisons can be made between the two biodiversity analyses at the EMAP scale for wildlife habitat vs. EMAP grid based species range maps. CV values have increased and the efficiency of prioritization is enhanced. This can be attributed to finer resolution sampling capturing additional information. Close

• 216. [Article] Range Contractions of North American Carnivores and Ungulates

  We compared the historic and current geographical ranges of 43 North American carnivores and ungulates to identify large-scale patterns in range contractions and expansions. Seventeen of the species had ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Range Contractions of North American Carnivores and Ungulates Author: Laliberte, Andrea S., Ripple, William J. We compared the historic and current geographical ranges of 43 North American carnivores and ungulates to identify large-scale patterns in range contractions and expansions. Seventeen of the species had experienced range contractions over more than 20% of their historic range. In areas of higher human influence, species were more likely to contract and less likely to persist. Species richness had also declined considerably since historic times. The temperate grasslands and temperate broadleaf–mixed forest biomes lost the highest average number of species, while the boreal forest and tundra showed fewer numbers of species lost. Species contractions were a result of Euro-American settlement and postsettlement development in North America. These effects have been widespread and indicate a rapid collapse of species distributions over the course of only 1 to 2 centuries. The results of this study can be used to improve scientists’ knowledge of historical reference conditions and to provide input for wildlife reintroductions and for the creation of wildlife reserves. Title: Range Contractions of North American Carnivores and Ungulates Author: Laliberte, Andrea S., Ripple, William J. We compared the historic and current geographical ranges of 43 North American carnivores and ungulates to identify large-scale patterns in range contractions and expansions. Seventeen of the species had experienced range contractions over more than 20% of their historic range. In areas of higher human influence, species were more likely to contract and less likely to persist. Species richness had also declined considerably since historic times. The temperate grasslands and temperate broadleaf–mixed forest biomes lost the highest average number of species, while the boreal forest and tundra showed fewer numbers of species lost. Species contractions were a result of Euro-American settlement and postsettlement development in North America. These effects have been widespread and indicate a rapid collapse of species distributions over the course of only 1 to 2 centuries. The results of this study can be used to improve scientists’ knowledge of historical reference conditions and to provide input for wildlife reintroductions and for the creation of wildlife reserves. Close

• 217. [Article] Fire effects on wetland prairie species: final report

  Project No. 14-48-0001-96749

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Fire effects on wetland prairie species: final report Author: Wilson, Mark V., Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950- Project No. 14-48-0001-96749 Title: Fire effects on wetland prairie species: final report Author: Wilson, Mark V., Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950- Project No. 14-48-0001-96749 Close

• 218. [Article] Exploring the Perspectives and Behaviors of Teachers on Invasive Species

  This study explores the role of classroom use of live organisms as a pathway for the spread of invasive species. The overall guiding research question is “Are behavioral changes necessary to reduce the ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Exploring the Perspectives and Behaviors of Teachers on Invasive Species Author: Root, Skye This study explores the role of classroom use of live organisms as a pathway for the spread of invasive species. The overall guiding research question is “Are behavioral changes necessary to reduce the spread from the classroom pathway?” Using focus groups comprised of key educators, this study seeks to identify attitudes, norms, and barriers to inform the development of solutions to mitigate the spread of aquatic invasive species from the classroom. A modified version of the Theory of Planned Behavior is used to tabulate values, knowledge, concerns, and solutions that could lead to behavioral change. A total of 65 educators participated in six different focus groups, with nearly half of the participants elementary teachers. Findings indicate strong educational, use-related, and ethical values deeply rooted in having, and continuing to have, live organisms in the classroom. Information about invasive species, however, is not perceived as readily available, and credible sources are often difficult to discern by participants who are mainly searching online for needed information. Logistical concerns, euthanization practices, ecological damages, and children’s outdoor experiences are described as potential barriers to behavior change, and educational liaisons, outreach activities, and policy changes are suggested solutions intended to change behavior. Using the Theory of Planned Behavior as a foundational theory and Multiple Streams framework as a policy guide, this study recommends five specific actions be taken by policy entrepreneurs: (1) Fund, develop, and maintain an invasive species informational website where educators can go for up-to-date references on sourcing, care and handling, disposal, and species identification. (2) Create example fact sheets for organism suppliers and encourage their adoption by the suppliers. (3) Add invasive species educational standards on a national scale through the NSTA and NISC, and provide teachers with curriculum suggestions involving the integration of invasive species education into core subject matter. (4) Develop and test an invasive species professional development training seminar for K-12 educators to be applied to large scale science association meetings or local in-service days. (5) Seek funding for the development of invasive species education curriculum that could be implemented through credentialing programs. Title: Exploring the Perspectives and Behaviors of Teachers on Invasive Species Author: Root, Skye This study explores the role of classroom use of live organisms as a pathway for the spread of invasive species. The overall guiding research question is “Are behavioral changes necessary to reduce the spread from the classroom pathway?” Using focus groups comprised of key educators, this study seeks to identify attitudes, norms, and barriers to inform the development of solutions to mitigate the spread of aquatic invasive species from the classroom. A modified version of the Theory of Planned Behavior is used to tabulate values, knowledge, concerns, and solutions that could lead to behavioral change. A total of 65 educators participated in six different focus groups, with nearly half of the participants elementary teachers. Findings indicate strong educational, use-related, and ethical values deeply rooted in having, and continuing to have, live organisms in the classroom. Information about invasive species, however, is not perceived as readily available, and credible sources are often difficult to discern by participants who are mainly searching online for needed information. Logistical concerns, euthanization practices, ecological damages, and children’s outdoor experiences are described as potential barriers to behavior change, and educational liaisons, outreach activities, and policy changes are suggested solutions intended to change behavior. Using the Theory of Planned Behavior as a foundational theory and Multiple Streams framework as a policy guide, this study recommends five specific actions be taken by policy entrepreneurs: (1) Fund, develop, and maintain an invasive species informational website where educators can go for up-to-date references on sourcing, care and handling, disposal, and species identification. (2) Create example fact sheets for organism suppliers and encourage their adoption by the suppliers. (3) Add invasive species educational standards on a national scale through the NSTA and NISC, and provide teachers with curriculum suggestions involving the integration of invasive species education into core subject matter. (4) Develop and test an invasive species professional development training seminar for K-12 educators to be applied to large scale science association meetings or local in-service days. (5) Seek funding for the development of invasive species education curriculum that could be implemented through credentialing programs. Close

• 219. [Article] Birds of the Coast Range of Lincoln County, Oregon : v.1. Birds of Thornton Creek

  Incidental to his outdoor activities such as farming, fern-picking, and horse logging, Darrel Faxon made 17.4 years of detailed observations at Thornton Creek during 1973-1990. He determined bird presence, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Birds of the Coast Range of Lincoln County, Oregon : v.1. Birds of Thornton Creek Author: Bayer, Range D., 1947-, Faxon, Darrel Incidental to his outdoor activities such as farming, fern-picking, and horse logging, Darrel Faxon made 17.4 years of detailed observations at Thornton Creek during 1973-1990. He determined bird presence, not bird abundance, and made about 99,800 records, where a record is one bird species found during one day. Depending upon the calendar month, Faxon averaged 19-24 observation days/month, 13-34 bird species/day, and 34-66 species/month. He noted an average of 101 species each year. Faxon found 12 species only during casual observations prior to 1973 and 179 species in 1973-1990. He detected 47 waterbird species, so most birds he noted were terrestrial. 30% of waterbird species and 20% of terrestrial species were recorded in only one year, and just 16% of the waterbird species were seen in 16-18 years. However, Faxon noted the majority (50.4%) of terrestrial species in 16 or more years. For each species, daily relative frequencies of occurrence for each month and average monthly relative frequencies of occurrence for the 1973-1981 and 1982-1990 periods are given. Further, arrival and departure dates are listed for each species for each year, if appropriate. Faxon's records indicate that many migratory terrestrial species are often not present in the 10 days following their arrival or prior to their departure. Thus, determining arrival or departure dates may be very dependent upon daily observation effort. For example, if there are inadequate daily observations, then the actual arrival date may be missed, and it may be several days or a week before the species may re-appear. This inconsistency of presence after their "arrival" results in many species not being found on their "average" arrival date. Although Faxon did not record a spring migration wave, he usually noted a major movement of passerines during August-September. In fall, his records also indicate that some raptors appeared to be migrating through. In addition to his bird observations, Faxon recorded daily precipitation from 1975-1990, and monthly totals are given. Title: Birds of the Coast Range of Lincoln County, Oregon : v.1. Birds of Thornton Creek Author: Bayer, Range D., 1947-, Faxon, Darrel Incidental to his outdoor activities such as farming, fern-picking, and horse logging, Darrel Faxon made 17.4 years of detailed observations at Thornton Creek during 1973-1990. He determined bird presence, not bird abundance, and made about 99,800 records, where a record is one bird species found during one day. Depending upon the calendar month, Faxon averaged 19-24 observation days/month, 13-34 bird species/day, and 34-66 species/month. He noted an average of 101 species each year. Faxon found 12 species only during casual observations prior to 1973 and 179 species in 1973-1990. He detected 47 waterbird species, so most birds he noted were terrestrial. 30% of waterbird species and 20% of terrestrial species were recorded in only one year, and just 16% of the waterbird species were seen in 16-18 years. However, Faxon noted the majority (50.4%) of terrestrial species in 16 or more years. For each species, daily relative frequencies of occurrence for each month and average monthly relative frequencies of occurrence for the 1973-1981 and 1982-1990 periods are given. Further, arrival and departure dates are listed for each species for each year, if appropriate. Faxon's records indicate that many migratory terrestrial species are often not present in the 10 days following their arrival or prior to their departure. Thus, determining arrival or departure dates may be very dependent upon daily observation effort. For example, if there are inadequate daily observations, then the actual arrival date may be missed, and it may be several days or a week before the species may re-appear. This inconsistency of presence after their "arrival" results in many species not being found on their "average" arrival date. Although Faxon did not record a spring migration wave, he usually noted a major movement of passerines during August-September. In fall, his records also indicate that some raptors appeared to be migrating through. In addition to his bird observations, Faxon recorded daily precipitation from 1975-1990, and monthly totals are given. Close

• 220. [Article] Controlling woody vegetation in wetland prairies, 1994-1999

  Wetland prairies of the Willamette Valley, among the rarest of Oregon’s ecosystems, are threatened by invasion of woody species and non-native pest species. Because fire has been important in maintaining ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Controlling woody vegetation in wetland prairies, 1994-1999 Author: Wilson, Mark V., Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950- Wetland prairies of the Willamette Valley, among the rarest of Oregon’s ecosystems, are threatened by invasion of woody species and non-native pest species. Because fire has been important in maintaining Willamette Valley prairies for at least 1000 years, prescribed burning is a top choice of managers for preventing encroachment of woody species. However, the effects of prescribed burning on present day wetland prairie communities, with their mix of native and non-native species, are not clear. Moreover, because strict governmental requirements for smoke management hinder prescribed burning, natural-area managers are considering alternatives to fire, like mowing and hand removal of woody plants. The present study explored the ecological interactions of a wetland prairie by experimentally testing the responses of burning, hand-removal of woody species, and mowing with removal of cut material on woody plants and key native and non-native grasses and forbs. We evaluated these perturbations for their effectiveness in meeting management objectives of reducing abundance of woody species, reducing or preventing an increase in abundance of nonnative pest species, and increasing or at least maintaining native species’ abundance. After three treatments periods (1994, 1996, and 1998) the following patterns emerged: • Woody species Burning and hand-removal consistently caused the greatest reduction in cover of woody species. Mowing with removal of cut material did not reduce the abundance of woody species compared to the control. As woody plant cover decreased, plant mortality increased, indicating that treatments influenced woody plant cover at least partially through changes in survival. • Native herbaceous species All management treatments consistently failed to significantly increase the cover of Deschampsia cespitosa, while burning decreased the number of inflorescences. As a group, native graminoid flowering consistently showed no significant responses to the management treatments. Although burning and hand-removal significantly increased the cover of native forbs as group after the second treatment period in 1997, native forbs showed no significant responses to treatments in 1999. • Non-native herbaceous species Response of non-native forb cover to management treatments has been inconsistent during the five year study period with no significant differences in 1995, significant reductions by burning and hand-removal in 1997, and increases with mowing in 1997. Mowing consistently increased flowering of nonnative graminoids as a group. Overall no treatment was clearly superior in fulfilling restoration objectives. Burning was effective in reducing woody cover and did not promote non-native herbaceous, but it reduced the flowering the dominant native grass, Deschampsia cespitosa. Hand-removal woody species was also effective at reducing woody cover and sometimes promoted the abundance of some native species at different times, but it also at times promoted non-native herbaceous species. Because mowing with removal of cut material was ineffective in reducing woody cover and tended to promote non-native herbaceous species, this treatment is not a recommended management strategy. Title: Controlling woody vegetation in wetland prairies, 1994-1999 Author: Wilson, Mark V., Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950- Wetland prairies of the Willamette Valley, among the rarest of Oregon’s ecosystems, are threatened by invasion of woody species and non-native pest species. Because fire has been important in maintaining Willamette Valley prairies for at least 1000 years, prescribed burning is a top choice of managers for preventing encroachment of woody species. However, the effects of prescribed burning on present day wetland prairie communities, with their mix of native and non-native species, are not clear. Moreover, because strict governmental requirements for smoke management hinder prescribed burning, natural-area managers are considering alternatives to fire, like mowing and hand removal of woody plants. The present study explored the ecological interactions of a wetland prairie by experimentally testing the responses of burning, hand-removal of woody species, and mowing with removal of cut material on woody plants and key native and non-native grasses and forbs. We evaluated these perturbations for their effectiveness in meeting management objectives of reducing abundance of woody species, reducing or preventing an increase in abundance of nonnative pest species, and increasing or at least maintaining native species’ abundance. After three treatments periods (1994, 1996, and 1998) the following patterns emerged: • Woody species Burning and hand-removal consistently caused the greatest reduction in cover of woody species. Mowing with removal of cut material did not reduce the abundance of woody species compared to the control. As woody plant cover decreased, plant mortality increased, indicating that treatments influenced woody plant cover at least partially through changes in survival. • Native herbaceous species All management treatments consistently failed to significantly increase the cover of Deschampsia cespitosa, while burning decreased the number of inflorescences. As a group, native graminoid flowering consistently showed no significant responses to the management treatments. Although burning and hand-removal significantly increased the cover of native forbs as group after the second treatment period in 1997, native forbs showed no significant responses to treatments in 1999. • Non-native herbaceous species Response of non-native forb cover to management treatments has been inconsistent during the five year study period with no significant differences in 1995, significant reductions by burning and hand-removal in 1997, and increases with mowing in 1997. Mowing consistently increased flowering of nonnative graminoids as a group. Overall no treatment was clearly superior in fulfilling restoration objectives. Burning was effective in reducing woody cover and did not promote non-native herbaceous, but it reduced the flowering the dominant native grass, Deschampsia cespitosa. Hand-removal woody species was also effective at reducing woody cover and sometimes promoted the abundance of some native species at different times, but it also at times promoted non-native herbaceous species. Because mowing with removal of cut material was ineffective in reducing woody cover and tended to promote non-native herbaceous species, this treatment is not a recommended management strategy. Close

• 221. [Article] A biosystematic study in the genus Aster, section Aster, in western North America

  A biosystematic investigation was undertaken in 15 species and three subspecies of the genus Aster, in western North America. Previous studies had been based entirely on external morphological features, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: A biosystematic study in the genus Aster, section Aster, in western North America Author: Dean, Milton Lee A biosystematic investigation was undertaken in 15 species and three subspecies of the genus Aster, in western North America. Previous studies had been based entirely on external morphological features, and it was believed that much could be learned about the natural affinities of the taxa by exploring their cytological and genetical characteristics. More than 160 accessions were made during the course of the study. In the majority of cases, living rhizomes were transplanted in the greenhouse to provide material for making chromosome counts and hybridization experiments. Whenever possible, chromosomes were observed during meiotic divisions in microsporogenesis. One or more chromosome counts were made in 17 of the 18 taxa studied, 12 of which had not previously been examined cytologically. Ten taxa were found to include plants at two or more chromosome levels. The entire assemblage of species contains chromosome numbers on the basis of X = 8, with counts ranging from n = 8 to n = 48. Examples of aneuploidy, B-chromosomes, and meiotic irregularities were also discovered. A total of 383 artificial hybridizations was made among the species studied, resulting in the production of at least one fruit from 198 crosses. Most of the attempted crosses were interspecific, with the results indicating a striking lack of genetic incompatibility between the species at all polyploid levels. However, nearly all crosses involving diploid plants produced no fruits. First-generation hybrids of most species combinations were grown to maturity, and their potential fertility was estimated by observing the stainability of their pollen. The percent of pollen stainability in most of the hybrids was high enough to be judged partly or fully fertile. The polyploid complex composed of the species of Aster included in this study is comparable to certain other known complexes. Such complexes are similar in that the diploids are rather distinct morphologically and genetically, but they have contributed to the formation of a vast array of potentially interbreeding polyploids which lack sharp morphological definition. Most of the polyploids can be assigned to morphological categories that are more similar to related diploids than to other polyploids. Consequently, certain of the species have been delineated along vertical lines of relationship which may include several chromosome levels, In addition, some entities are retained as species which are known only as polypoids. which are relatively distinct and cannot be definitely donnested to a diploid species. This method is believed to be more indicative of relationship than would a system of grouping the entire polyploid assemblage in one highly polymorphic species, A phylogenetic chart of putative relationships among the taxa is presented, based largely on chromosome counts and morphology. The diploid entities are judged to be ancestral to, and thus more primitive than the polypoids, It was not possible to establish particular morphological traits as being more primitive or more advanced, Bathe it appears that evolution of morphological features has occurred at the diploid level, with subsequent polyploidy serving primarily to recombine the distinctive diploid features into various combinations. The information gained from the hybridization experiments contributed relative little to an understanding of natural affinities among these species, owing to the free crossability between the polyploids., Too few crosses were made involving diploids to determine accurately the degree of genetic incompatibility. Over 8000 herbarium specimens were examined in the process of delimiting species. The taxonomy section includes a key to the species, plus lists of synonyms, technical descriptions, citation of representative specimens, distribution maps, and brief discussions of the species. One new species, Aster idahoensis, is described in the thesis. Title: A biosystematic study in the genus Aster, section Aster, in western North America Author: Dean, Milton Lee A biosystematic investigation was undertaken in 15 species and three subspecies of the genus Aster, in western North America. Previous studies had been based entirely on external morphological features, and it was believed that much could be learned about the natural affinities of the taxa by exploring their cytological and genetical characteristics. More than 160 accessions were made during the course of the study. In the majority of cases, living rhizomes were transplanted in the greenhouse to provide material for making chromosome counts and hybridization experiments. Whenever possible, chromosomes were observed during meiotic divisions in microsporogenesis. One or more chromosome counts were made in 17 of the 18 taxa studied, 12 of which had not previously been examined cytologically. Ten taxa were found to include plants at two or more chromosome levels. The entire assemblage of species contains chromosome numbers on the basis of X = 8, with counts ranging from n = 8 to n = 48. Examples of aneuploidy, B-chromosomes, and meiotic irregularities were also discovered. A total of 383 artificial hybridizations was made among the species studied, resulting in the production of at least one fruit from 198 crosses. Most of the attempted crosses were interspecific, with the results indicating a striking lack of genetic incompatibility between the species at all polyploid levels. However, nearly all crosses involving diploid plants produced no fruits. First-generation hybrids of most species combinations were grown to maturity, and their potential fertility was estimated by observing the stainability of their pollen. The percent of pollen stainability in most of the hybrids was high enough to be judged partly or fully fertile. The polyploid complex composed of the species of Aster included in this study is comparable to certain other known complexes. Such complexes are similar in that the diploids are rather distinct morphologically and genetically, but they have contributed to the formation of a vast array of potentially interbreeding polyploids which lack sharp morphological definition. Most of the polyploids can be assigned to morphological categories that are more similar to related diploids than to other polyploids. Consequently, certain of the species have been delineated along vertical lines of relationship which may include several chromosome levels, In addition, some entities are retained as species which are known only as polypoids. which are relatively distinct and cannot be definitely donnested to a diploid species. This method is believed to be more indicative of relationship than would a system of grouping the entire polyploid assemblage in one highly polymorphic species, A phylogenetic chart of putative relationships among the taxa is presented, based largely on chromosome counts and morphology. The diploid entities are judged to be ancestral to, and thus more primitive than the polypoids, It was not possible to establish particular morphological traits as being more primitive or more advanced, Bathe it appears that evolution of morphological features has occurred at the diploid level, with subsequent polyploidy serving primarily to recombine the distinctive diploid features into various combinations. The information gained from the hybridization experiments contributed relative little to an understanding of natural affinities among these species, owing to the free crossability between the polyploids., Too few crosses were made involving diploids to determine accurately the degree of genetic incompatibility. Over 8000 herbarium specimens were examined in the process of delimiting species. The taxonomy section includes a key to the species, plus lists of synonyms, technical descriptions, citation of representative specimens, distribution maps, and brief discussions of the species. One new species, Aster idahoensis, is described in the thesis. Close

• 222. [Article] The Biology and ecology of weeping alkaligrass (Puccinellia distans) and Nuttall’s alkaligrass (Puccinellia nuttalliana)

  Weeping alkaligrass (Puccinellia distans) and Nuttall’s alkaligrass (Puccinellia nuttalliana) infest Kentucky bluegrass seed fields of eastern Oregon. Weeping alkaligrass is an introduced species from ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Biology and ecology of weeping alkaligrass (Puccinellia distans) and Nuttall’s alkaligrass (Puccinellia nuttalliana) Author: Tarasoff, Catherine Weeping alkaligrass (Puccinellia distans) and Nuttall’s alkaligrass (Puccinellia nuttalliana) infest Kentucky bluegrass seed fields of eastern Oregon. Weeping alkaligrass is an introduced species from Eurasia, whereas Nuttall’s alkaligrass is native to semi arid environments of western North America. These species are often referred to collectively as ‘alkaligrass’; however, for farmers of eastern Oregon, there is concern as to which species may prove to be more troublesome. Germination experiments conducted to determine the seed biology attributes of the two species revealed that both species exhibit relatively long afterripening characteristics and viable seed for at least 1 year when dry stored. Once adequately afterripened, weeping alkaligrass had greater germination at most temperature combinations, in particular at constant temperatures. Weeping alkaligrass also was more tolerant of extreme high temperatures, as well as drought and salt conditions. Field experiments exploring the fitness of these two species on sodic versus normal soil types, found that weeping alkaligrass benefited from normal soil conditions growing larger and producing up to 4 times the seed. Weeping alkaligrass also was able to adjust to a lower solute potential under sodic soil conditions, and maintain a higher relative water content under normal soil conditions. For both species, a strong inhibitor to plant establishment was competing vegetation. Observational studies revealed that depressional areas increased the likelihood of establishment of both species. While Nuttall’s alkaligrass was positively associated with exchangeable sodium and negatively associated with exposed mineral soil, weeping alkaligrass exhibited the traits of a resource generalist, its abundance being negatively associated with competing vegetation. Results of a 2-year competition study comparing both species of alkaligrass with Kentucky bluegrass indicated that in year 1 Kentucky bluegrass grew slower than Nuttall’s alkaligrass, and to a lesser extent weeping alkaligrass. Yet, by year 2, the average Kentucky bluegrass plant was vastly larger than either of the alkaligrasses, in particular weeping alkaligrass. As well, during the first year of establishment, Kentucky bluegrass biomass was equally reduced by both species of alkaligrass more so than by itself. Results from the second year indicate that Kentucky bluegrass had much higher survival rates than the two species of alkaligrass, especially weeping alkaligrass. In year 2, the original planting density of Kentucky bluegrass was the strongest indicator of potential biomass for all three species. In a comparison between year 1 and year 2 biomass, it was apparent that while weeping alkaligrass exhibited high levels of mortality, the original planting densities strongly impacted the year 2 biomass accumulation of both Kentucky bluegrass and Nuttall’s alkaligrass. In conclusion, the traits of having wide ranging suitable germination conditions, a more dynamic phenotypic plasticity, increased fitness under agriculturally productive soils, traits of a resource generalist and lingering effects on the growth of both Nuttall’s alkaligrass and Kentucky bluegrass, may make the introduced weeping alkaligrass a species of greater concern than the native Nuttall’s alkaligrass for farmers of eastern Oregon. Title: The Biology and ecology of weeping alkaligrass (Puccinellia distans) and Nuttall’s alkaligrass (Puccinellia nuttalliana) Author: Tarasoff, Catherine Weeping alkaligrass (Puccinellia distans) and Nuttall’s alkaligrass (Puccinellia nuttalliana) infest Kentucky bluegrass seed fields of eastern Oregon. Weeping alkaligrass is an introduced species from Eurasia, whereas Nuttall’s alkaligrass is native to semi arid environments of western North America. These species are often referred to collectively as ‘alkaligrass’; however, for farmers of eastern Oregon, there is concern as to which species may prove to be more troublesome. Germination experiments conducted to determine the seed biology attributes of the two species revealed that both species exhibit relatively long afterripening characteristics and viable seed for at least 1 year when dry stored. Once adequately afterripened, weeping alkaligrass had greater germination at most temperature combinations, in particular at constant temperatures. Weeping alkaligrass also was more tolerant of extreme high temperatures, as well as drought and salt conditions. Field experiments exploring the fitness of these two species on sodic versus normal soil types, found that weeping alkaligrass benefited from normal soil conditions growing larger and producing up to 4 times the seed. Weeping alkaligrass also was able to adjust to a lower solute potential under sodic soil conditions, and maintain a higher relative water content under normal soil conditions. For both species, a strong inhibitor to plant establishment was competing vegetation. Observational studies revealed that depressional areas increased the likelihood of establishment of both species. While Nuttall’s alkaligrass was positively associated with exchangeable sodium and negatively associated with exposed mineral soil, weeping alkaligrass exhibited the traits of a resource generalist, its abundance being negatively associated with competing vegetation. Results of a 2-year competition study comparing both species of alkaligrass with Kentucky bluegrass indicated that in year 1 Kentucky bluegrass grew slower than Nuttall’s alkaligrass, and to a lesser extent weeping alkaligrass. Yet, by year 2, the average Kentucky bluegrass plant was vastly larger than either of the alkaligrasses, in particular weeping alkaligrass. As well, during the first year of establishment, Kentucky bluegrass biomass was equally reduced by both species of alkaligrass more so than by itself. Results from the second year indicate that Kentucky bluegrass had much higher survival rates than the two species of alkaligrass, especially weeping alkaligrass. In year 2, the original planting density of Kentucky bluegrass was the strongest indicator of potential biomass for all three species. In a comparison between year 1 and year 2 biomass, it was apparent that while weeping alkaligrass exhibited high levels of mortality, the original planting densities strongly impacted the year 2 biomass accumulation of both Kentucky bluegrass and Nuttall’s alkaligrass. In conclusion, the traits of having wide ranging suitable germination conditions, a more dynamic phenotypic plasticity, increased fitness under agriculturally productive soils, traits of a resource generalist and lingering effects on the growth of both Nuttall’s alkaligrass and Kentucky bluegrass, may make the introduced weeping alkaligrass a species of greater concern than the native Nuttall’s alkaligrass for farmers of eastern Oregon. Close

• 223. [Article] Prey-stage preference in phytoseiid mites

  Knowledge of how individual organisms behave in their environment can provide a greater understanding of population dynamics. In a predator-prey system, the choices made by predators when foraging for ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Prey-stage preference in phytoseiid mites Author: Blackwood, J. Scott Knowledge of how individual organisms behave in their environment can provide a greater understanding of population dynamics. In a predator-prey system, the choices made by predators when foraging for prey are important aspects of behavior. Particularly in the case of a stage-structured prey population, how the predator selects prey stages once a prey patch has been located can have implications for prey population growth, predator development and fecundity, and predator-prey system dynamics. Predaceous mites of the family Phytoseiidae are important biological control agents of Tetranychus spider mites in agricultural settings worldwide. Phytoseiid species range from specialists that require Tetranychus spider mite prey in order to develop and reproduce to generalist omnivores. In studies with 13 phytoseiid species, specialized species tended to prefer T. urticae eggs as prey or have no prey-stage preference while more generalist species tended to have no prey-stage preference or prey more often on mobile immatures. Further testing with a subset of these species suggested variability among species with regard to genetic and environmental influences on prey-stage preference. The specialist Phytoseiulus persimilis also preferred to forage and oviposit in patches containing egg-biased stage distributions rather than in adjacent mobile immature-biased patches. No benefits to offspring developing in either type of patch were found in terms of developmental time or subsequent adult fecundity. However, the results of both manipulative experiments and nonlinear population models indicated potential benefits of egg-biased predation in terms of current adult female fecundity, a less severe impact of predation on the prey population, and an increased number of predator descendents during the predator-prey interaction. Considering both subjective factors and discriminant analyses, prey-stage preference performed well as an indicator for the ecological classification of phytoseiid species. The classifications of four phytoseiid species occurring on apple in central and eastern Oregon, USA, were evaluated accordingly. Title: Prey-stage preference in phytoseiid mites Author: Blackwood, J. Scott Knowledge of how individual organisms behave in their environment can provide a greater understanding of population dynamics. In a predator-prey system, the choices made by predators when foraging for prey are important aspects of behavior. Particularly in the case of a stage-structured prey population, how the predator selects prey stages once a prey patch has been located can have implications for prey population growth, predator development and fecundity, and predator-prey system dynamics. Predaceous mites of the family Phytoseiidae are important biological control agents of Tetranychus spider mites in agricultural settings worldwide. Phytoseiid species range from specialists that require Tetranychus spider mite prey in order to develop and reproduce to generalist omnivores. In studies with 13 phytoseiid species, specialized species tended to prefer T. urticae eggs as prey or have no prey-stage preference while more generalist species tended to have no prey-stage preference or prey more often on mobile immatures. Further testing with a subset of these species suggested variability among species with regard to genetic and environmental influences on prey-stage preference. The specialist Phytoseiulus persimilis also preferred to forage and oviposit in patches containing egg-biased stage distributions rather than in adjacent mobile immature-biased patches. No benefits to offspring developing in either type of patch were found in terms of developmental time or subsequent adult fecundity. However, the results of both manipulative experiments and nonlinear population models indicated potential benefits of egg-biased predation in terms of current adult female fecundity, a less severe impact of predation on the prey population, and an increased number of predator descendents during the predator-prey interaction. Considering both subjective factors and discriminant analyses, prey-stage preference performed well as an indicator for the ecological classification of phytoseiid species. The classifications of four phytoseiid species occurring on apple in central and eastern Oregon, USA, were evaluated accordingly. Close

• 224. [Article] Interference dynamics in mixed red alder/Douglas-fir forests

  This study characterized the nature and dynamics of interference in mixed red alder (Alnus rubra Bong.)/Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii [Mirb.] Franco) stands in the Pacific Northwest, USA. Long-term ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Interference dynamics in mixed red alder/Douglas-fir forests Author: D'Amato, Anthony W. This study characterized the nature and dynamics of interference in mixed red alder (Alnus rubra Bong.)/Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii [Mirb.] Franco) stands in the Pacific Northwest, USA. Long-term spatial and tree measurements from the Cascade Head (CH) and H.J. Andrews (HJA) Experimental Forests in western Oregon and Delezene Creek (DC), Washington were utilized to investigate neighborhood and population-level measures of interference. Existing neighborhood and population-level measures of interference were modified to evaluate the intensity and importance of intra- and inter-specific interference. The relationship between relative growth rate and population-level and neighborhood interference were examined over 9 years at the CH and HJA study sites and 38 years at the DC study site. In general, the effects of intra-specific interacted with the effects of inter-specific interference to influence the relative growth rates of red alder and Douglas-fir at all of the sites. Performance of the interference measures as predictors of relative growth rates varied between species and with stand structure. In general, population-level indices were the best predictors of relative growth rates for the species with heights greater than the other interacting species over a given interval of time. In contrast, neighborhood indices were the best predictors of relative growth rates for the species with subordinate or equivalent tree heights to the dominant species over a given interval of time. These results were consistent for both species, all three study sites, and all measurement periods when interference occurred and suggest that the importance of neighborhood interference varies with the competitive status of a species. A conceptual model synthesizes the importance of neighborhood and population-level interference as a function of relative dominance of a species. In addition, the literature suggests that this model may also be appropriate for individuals within a population. Title: Interference dynamics in mixed red alder/Douglas-fir forests Author: D'Amato, Anthony W. This study characterized the nature and dynamics of interference in mixed red alder (Alnus rubra Bong.)/Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii [Mirb.] Franco) stands in the Pacific Northwest, USA. Long-term spatial and tree measurements from the Cascade Head (CH) and H.J. Andrews (HJA) Experimental Forests in western Oregon and Delezene Creek (DC), Washington were utilized to investigate neighborhood and population-level measures of interference. Existing neighborhood and population-level measures of interference were modified to evaluate the intensity and importance of intra- and inter-specific interference. The relationship between relative growth rate and population-level and neighborhood interference were examined over 9 years at the CH and HJA study sites and 38 years at the DC study site. In general, the effects of intra-specific interacted with the effects of inter-specific interference to influence the relative growth rates of red alder and Douglas-fir at all of the sites. Performance of the interference measures as predictors of relative growth rates varied between species and with stand structure. In general, population-level indices were the best predictors of relative growth rates for the species with heights greater than the other interacting species over a given interval of time. In contrast, neighborhood indices were the best predictors of relative growth rates for the species with subordinate or equivalent tree heights to the dominant species over a given interval of time. These results were consistent for both species, all three study sites, and all measurement periods when interference occurred and suggest that the importance of neighborhood interference varies with the competitive status of a species. A conceptual model synthesizes the importance of neighborhood and population-level interference as a function of relative dominance of a species. In addition, the literature suggests that this model may also be appropriate for individuals within a population. Close

• 225. [Article] A comparative analysis of morphological, physiological, and biochemical adaptation to abiotic stress in intertidal porcelain crabs, genus Petrolisthes

  Organismal tolerance to abiotic environmental stresses contributes significantly to setting the distribution limits of organisms, as demonstrated by vertical zonation patterns in the marine intertidal ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: A comparative analysis of morphological, physiological, and biochemical adaptation to abiotic stress in intertidal porcelain crabs, genus Petrolisthes Author: Stillman, Jonathon Harris Organismal tolerance to abiotic environmental stresses contributes significantly to setting the distribution limits of organisms, as demonstrated by vertical zonation patterns in the marine intertidal zone. In this thesis, the ultimate (evolutionary) and proximate (mechanistic) causes of tolerance to temperature and emersion stresses associated with the intertidal zone were examined using porcelain crabs, genus Petrolisthes. Species of Petrolisthes from intertidal and subtidal microhabitats of four biogeographic regions of the Eastern Pacific were used in phylogenetically-based comparative analyses of morphological, physiological, and biochemical adaptation to environmental stress. A phylogenetic tree based on the sequence of the 16sRNA gene was developed to facilitate these analyses. Organismal thermal tolerance limits are adapted to match maximal microhabitat temperatures. Acclimation of thermal tolerance limits suggests that temperate intertidal zone species are living close to their thermal maximum in nature. Respiratory responses to emersion vary among species from different vertical zones. Experimental examination of oxygen consumption rates and lactate accumulation during emersion suggests that intertidal species are able to respire in air using thin membranous regions on the ventral meral segments of their legs (leg membranes). Leg membrane size is positively correlated with body size across species, but not within a single species. Evolutionary analyses indicate that leg membranes may not have evolved for purposes of aerial respiration, but their presence may have allowed intertidal and subtidal species to achieve larger body sizes and higher metabolic rates. The thermal stabilities of an enzyme, lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), from 22 species of Petrolisthes varied widely, but were not correlated with maximal habitat temperatures. Comparative analyses did not indicate any evolutionary relationship between LDH thermal stability and microhabitat conditions. Experimental evidence suggests that interspecific differences in LDH stability are genetically based, and are due both to intrinsic properties of the LDH molecules and extrinsic protein stabilizers. Elucidation of the mechanism(s) of LDH stabilization in Petrolisthes may provide novel insight to the field of protein stabilization. These results studies suggest that individual traits may be subjected to differing levels of selection, and thus the analysis of environmental adaptation requires careful consideration of the biological significance of the traits being examined. Title: A comparative analysis of morphological, physiological, and biochemical adaptation to abiotic stress in intertidal porcelain crabs, genus Petrolisthes Author: Stillman, Jonathon Harris Organismal tolerance to abiotic environmental stresses contributes significantly to setting the distribution limits of organisms, as demonstrated by vertical zonation patterns in the marine intertidal zone. In this thesis, the ultimate (evolutionary) and proximate (mechanistic) causes of tolerance to temperature and emersion stresses associated with the intertidal zone were examined using porcelain crabs, genus Petrolisthes. Species of Petrolisthes from intertidal and subtidal microhabitats of four biogeographic regions of the Eastern Pacific were used in phylogenetically-based comparative analyses of morphological, physiological, and biochemical adaptation to environmental stress. A phylogenetic tree based on the sequence of the 16sRNA gene was developed to facilitate these analyses. Organismal thermal tolerance limits are adapted to match maximal microhabitat temperatures. Acclimation of thermal tolerance limits suggests that temperate intertidal zone species are living close to their thermal maximum in nature. Respiratory responses to emersion vary among species from different vertical zones. Experimental examination of oxygen consumption rates and lactate accumulation during emersion suggests that intertidal species are able to respire in air using thin membranous regions on the ventral meral segments of their legs (leg membranes). Leg membrane size is positively correlated with body size across species, but not within a single species. Evolutionary analyses indicate that leg membranes may not have evolved for purposes of aerial respiration, but their presence may have allowed intertidal and subtidal species to achieve larger body sizes and higher metabolic rates. The thermal stabilities of an enzyme, lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), from 22 species of Petrolisthes varied widely, but were not correlated with maximal habitat temperatures. Comparative analyses did not indicate any evolutionary relationship between LDH thermal stability and microhabitat conditions. Experimental evidence suggests that interspecific differences in LDH stability are genetically based, and are due both to intrinsic properties of the LDH molecules and extrinsic protein stabilizers. Elucidation of the mechanism(s) of LDH stabilization in Petrolisthes may provide novel insight to the field of protein stabilization. These results studies suggest that individual traits may be subjected to differing levels of selection, and thus the analysis of environmental adaptation requires careful consideration of the biological significance of the traits being examined. Close

• 226. [Article] Distribution of benthic fishes on the continental shelf and slope of the Oregon coast

  The 36 samples collected with a 22-foot semi-balloon shrimp trawl at depths from 40 to 1,829 meters off the central coast of Oregon between July 1961 and June 1962 provided preliminary data on the distribution, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Distribution of benthic fishes on the continental shelf and slope of the Oregon coast Author: Day, Donald Stewart The 36 samples collected with a 22-foot semi-balloon shrimp trawl at depths from 40 to 1,829 meters off the central coast of Oregon between July 1961 and June 1962 provided preliminary data on the distribution, species composition, and associations of benthic fishes with respect to depth and sediment type. Sixty-seven species of bottom fishes representing 21 families were collected; 86 percent of the total number of fishes was composed of specimens from the families Pleuronectidae, Scorpaenidae, and Bothidae. Four communities of benthic fishes were found off the central Oregon coast within the depth interval from 40 to 1 ,829 meters. They were characterized by two or three dominant species, depth, and average sediment type. Ninety-seven percent of the species occurring in the communities showed high abundance in only one community. Some species also demonstrated size segregation by communities. The total number of species collected in progressively deeper communities was 26 (42 to 73 meters), 31 (119 to 199 meters), 20 (594 to 1,143 meters), and 9 (1,383 to 1,829 meters). Therefore the highest number of speciesoccurred in the community on the outer continental shelf and upper slope, while the lowest number of species occurred at the extreme depths on the continental slope. The number of species found on the continental shelf and slope were similar. Species inhabiting the continental slope, however, usually occurred over greater depth ranges. A comparison of the catches of the 22-foot shrimp trawl and a 94-foot fish trawl indicated that the small trawl used in this study retained comparatively few large fishes or semi-pelagic species. Fishes of the genus Sebastodes were grossly undersampled and probably comprised a major portion of the fish population, especially between the depths of 183 to 547 meters. Title: Distribution of benthic fishes on the continental shelf and slope of the Oregon coast Author: Day, Donald Stewart The 36 samples collected with a 22-foot semi-balloon shrimp trawl at depths from 40 to 1,829 meters off the central coast of Oregon between July 1961 and June 1962 provided preliminary data on the distribution, species composition, and associations of benthic fishes with respect to depth and sediment type. Sixty-seven species of bottom fishes representing 21 families were collected; 86 percent of the total number of fishes was composed of specimens from the families Pleuronectidae, Scorpaenidae, and Bothidae. Four communities of benthic fishes were found off the central Oregon coast within the depth interval from 40 to 1 ,829 meters. They were characterized by two or three dominant species, depth, and average sediment type. Ninety-seven percent of the species occurring in the communities showed high abundance in only one community. Some species also demonstrated size segregation by communities. The total number of species collected in progressively deeper communities was 26 (42 to 73 meters), 31 (119 to 199 meters), 20 (594 to 1,143 meters), and 9 (1,383 to 1,829 meters). Therefore the highest number of speciesoccurred in the community on the outer continental shelf and upper slope, while the lowest number of species occurred at the extreme depths on the continental slope. The number of species found on the continental shelf and slope were similar. Species inhabiting the continental slope, however, usually occurred over greater depth ranges. A comparison of the catches of the 22-foot shrimp trawl and a 94-foot fish trawl indicated that the small trawl used in this study retained comparatively few large fishes or semi-pelagic species. Fishes of the genus Sebastodes were grossly undersampled and probably comprised a major portion of the fish population, especially between the depths of 183 to 547 meters. Close

• 227. [Article] Biological studies on the hemoflagellates of Oregon marine fishes and their potential leech vectors

  Of 2,122 marine fishes belonging to 36 species collected in the vicinity of Newport, Oregon, 541 belonging to 8 species were infected with hemoflagellates. Four species of trypanosomes and three species of ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biological studies on the hemoflagellates of Oregon marine fishes and their potential leech vectors Author: Burreson, Eugene Michael Of 2,122 marine fishes belonging to 36 species collected in the vicinity of Newport, Oregon, 541 belonging to 8 species were infected with hemoflagellates. Four species of trypanosomes and three species of cryptobias were found in offshore fishes, but no hemoflagellates were observed in fishes from Yaquina Bay. Trypanosoma pacifica was found in 177 of 1,102 Parophrys vetulus, 3 of 84 Citharichthys sordidus, and 1 of 35 Lyopsetta exilis, and survived in 10 other species after intraperitoneal injection. The host-specificity observed in nature was probably the result of selective feeding by the leech vector, possibly Oceanobdella sp. or Johanssonia sp. Division stages of T. pacifica were observed in the fish host and described. The growth rate of juvenile P. vetulus injected with T. pacifica was less than that of uninfected individuals for a 10 week period, after which the growth rates of the two groups were equivalent. Trypanosoma gargantua was found in 3 of 7 Raja binoculata and the vector was shown to be the leech Orientobdella sp. Two unidentified trypanosomes were observed, one from 21 of 1,102 P. vetulus, 24 of 303 Eopsetta jordani, and 6 of 61 Microstomus pacificus, and the other from 4 of 35 L. exilis. A small, active cryptobiid was found in 106 of 303 E. jordani, 51 of 1,102 P. vetulus, and a similar but larger flagellate in 9 of 35 L. exilis. After intraperitoneal injection flagellates from E. jordani did not survive in P. vetulus, but did survive in other flatfishes; flagellates from L. exilis survived in P. vetulus, but not E. jordani, indicating the possible presence of two species, one in E. jordani and one in P. vetulus and L. exilis. A larger, sluggish cryptobiid was found in 134 of 1,102 P. vetulus. An extremely large cryptobiid, grossly different morphologically from previously described species, was observed in 1 of 5 Scorpaenichthys marmoratus. The developmental cycle in the leech vector Malmiana sp. was described; the leech Trachelobdella sp. was also shown to be a potential vector. Leeches belonging to the following genera were collected during this study: Johanssonia, two species; Malmiana, three species; Trachelobdella, Oceanobdella, Orientobdella, and Ostreobdella. Of these, one species of Malmiana and one of Orientobdella were experimentally shown to be vectors of hemoflagellates. Title: Biological studies on the hemoflagellates of Oregon marine fishes and their potential leech vectors Author: Burreson, Eugene Michael Of 2,122 marine fishes belonging to 36 species collected in the vicinity of Newport, Oregon, 541 belonging to 8 species were infected with hemoflagellates. Four species of trypanosomes and three species of cryptobias were found in offshore fishes, but no hemoflagellates were observed in fishes from Yaquina Bay. Trypanosoma pacifica was found in 177 of 1,102 Parophrys vetulus, 3 of 84 Citharichthys sordidus, and 1 of 35 Lyopsetta exilis, and survived in 10 other species after intraperitoneal injection. The host-specificity observed in nature was probably the result of selective feeding by the leech vector, possibly Oceanobdella sp. or Johanssonia sp. Division stages of T. pacifica were observed in the fish host and described. The growth rate of juvenile P. vetulus injected with T. pacifica was less than that of uninfected individuals for a 10 week period, after which the growth rates of the two groups were equivalent. Trypanosoma gargantua was found in 3 of 7 Raja binoculata and the vector was shown to be the leech Orientobdella sp. Two unidentified trypanosomes were observed, one from 21 of 1,102 P. vetulus, 24 of 303 Eopsetta jordani, and 6 of 61 Microstomus pacificus, and the other from 4 of 35 L. exilis. A small, active cryptobiid was found in 106 of 303 E. jordani, 51 of 1,102 P. vetulus, and a similar but larger flagellate in 9 of 35 L. exilis. After intraperitoneal injection flagellates from E. jordani did not survive in P. vetulus, but did survive in other flatfishes; flagellates from L. exilis survived in P. vetulus, but not E. jordani, indicating the possible presence of two species, one in E. jordani and one in P. vetulus and L. exilis. A larger, sluggish cryptobiid was found in 134 of 1,102 P. vetulus. An extremely large cryptobiid, grossly different morphologically from previously described species, was observed in 1 of 5 Scorpaenichthys marmoratus. The developmental cycle in the leech vector Malmiana sp. was described; the leech Trachelobdella sp. was also shown to be a potential vector. Leeches belonging to the following genera were collected during this study: Johanssonia, two species; Malmiana, three species; Trachelobdella, Oceanobdella, Orientobdella, and Ostreobdella. Of these, one species of Malmiana and one of Orientobdella were experimentally shown to be vectors of hemoflagellates. Close

• 228. [Article] Agonistic behavior in three species of Microtus (M. canicaudus, M. oregoni, and M. townsendii)

  Agonistic behavior among three species of Microtus live-trapped near Corvallis, Oregon was recorded in order to interpret habitat segregation by the species in areas of syrnpatry. The method used to measure ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Agonistic behavior in three species of Microtus (M. canicaudus, M. oregoni, and M. townsendii) Author: Weil, James Wayne Agonistic behavior among three species of Microtus live-trapped near Corvallis, Oregon was recorded in order to interpret habitat segregation by the species in areas of syrnpatry. The method used to measure agonistic interaction was similar to that of Colvin (1970). Agonistic behavior was recorded under red light in a neutral circular arena. Two observers recorded the frequency and duration of 14 behavioral components on an Ester line event recorder for a ten minute trial. To be classified a winner in an agonistic encounter, an individual had to show more exploration, and display more approaches, attacks, and offense than its opponent. Based on these criteria, a trial could be termed fraternal, dominant-subordinate, no decision, or mutual avoidance, the last occurring when species remained separated approximately 180° and moved only to counter the others movements. In interspecific contests in which a winner could be determined, M. oregoni and M. canicaudus males were dominant to M. townsendii males (P < 0.001). Dominance in one-one contests involving homologous pairs of M. canicaudus versus M. oregoni could not be resolved (P > 0.05). The frequency of mutual avoidance by the three species in interand intraspecific encounters was greater when M. townsendii was involved and suggested that habitat spacing by the three species may depend on mutual avoidance as well as aggressive interaction. In a behavioral experiment performed in the laboratory to measure effects of agonistic interaction on habitat segregation, it was found that M. townsendii and M. oregoni were more gregarious than M. canicaudus. Log records indicated that males of all three species displayed more solitary behavioral patterns than females. Movement was significantly restricted when two species were paired in comparison to their controls (P < 0. 05). M. canicaudus males tended to be least restricted in their explorations and were most aggressive or intolerant toward other species, inflicting heavy casualties on M. oregoni in particular. Few instances of long-term interspecific associations developed. Those which did occur often involved labeled subordinate members of either species. Title: Agonistic behavior in three species of Microtus (M. canicaudus, M. oregoni, and M. townsendii) Author: Weil, James Wayne Agonistic behavior among three species of Microtus live-trapped near Corvallis, Oregon was recorded in order to interpret habitat segregation by the species in areas of syrnpatry. The method used to measure agonistic interaction was similar to that of Colvin (1970). Agonistic behavior was recorded under red light in a neutral circular arena. Two observers recorded the frequency and duration of 14 behavioral components on an Ester line event recorder for a ten minute trial. To be classified a winner in an agonistic encounter, an individual had to show more exploration, and display more approaches, attacks, and offense than its opponent. Based on these criteria, a trial could be termed fraternal, dominant-subordinate, no decision, or mutual avoidance, the last occurring when species remained separated approximately 180° and moved only to counter the others movements. In interspecific contests in which a winner could be determined, M. oregoni and M. canicaudus males were dominant to M. townsendii males (P < 0.001). Dominance in one-one contests involving homologous pairs of M. canicaudus versus M. oregoni could not be resolved (P > 0.05). The frequency of mutual avoidance by the three species in interand intraspecific encounters was greater when M. townsendii was involved and suggested that habitat spacing by the three species may depend on mutual avoidance as well as aggressive interaction. In a behavioral experiment performed in the laboratory to measure effects of agonistic interaction on habitat segregation, it was found that M. townsendii and M. oregoni were more gregarious than M. canicaudus. Log records indicated that males of all three species displayed more solitary behavioral patterns than females. Movement was significantly restricted when two species were paired in comparison to their controls (P < 0. 05). M. canicaudus males tended to be least restricted in their explorations and were most aggressive or intolerant toward other species, inflicting heavy casualties on M. oregoni in particular. Few instances of long-term interspecific associations developed. Those which did occur often involved labeled subordinate members of either species. Close

• 229. [Article] Experimental hybridization between Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard and Rana cascadae Slater

  Experimental crosses between Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard and Rana cascadae Slater, resulted in viable hybrids. Reciprocal differences at the time of fertilization are indicated. A high level ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Experimental hybridization between Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard and Rana cascadae Slater Author: Haertel, John David Experimental crosses between Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard and Rana cascadae Slater, resulted in viable hybrids. Reciprocal differences at the time of fertilization are indicated. A high level of success in producing viable hybrids can be obtained if Rana pretiosa pretiosa is the female of the parent species, The hybrid is characteristically intermediate to the parent species. The hybrid is quantitatively intermediate to the parent species in the characteristics of larval body width /tail depth ratios, developmental time, and mouth parts, Statistically treated larval body width/tail depth ratios of natural populations can be used to determine the amount and direction of natural hybridization between the species. Title: Experimental hybridization between Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard and Rana cascadae Slater Author: Haertel, John David Experimental crosses between Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard and Rana cascadae Slater, resulted in viable hybrids. Reciprocal differences at the time of fertilization are indicated. A high level of success in producing viable hybrids can be obtained if Rana pretiosa pretiosa is the female of the parent species, The hybrid is characteristically intermediate to the parent species. The hybrid is quantitatively intermediate to the parent species in the characteristics of larval body width /tail depth ratios, developmental time, and mouth parts, Statistically treated larval body width/tail depth ratios of natural populations can be used to determine the amount and direction of natural hybridization between the species. Close

• 230. [Article] Occurrence and relative abundance of small mammals associated with riparian and upland habitats along the Columbia River

  A small mammal inventory of occurrence and relative abundance was conducted in riparian and upland habitats in six segments along the lower Columbia River from the river mouth to McNary Dam (river mile ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Occurrence and relative abundance of small mammals associated with riparian and upland habitats along the Columbia River Author: Hinschberger, Mark Steven A small mammal inventory of occurrence and relative abundance was conducted in riparian and upland habitats in six segments along the lower Columbia River from the river mouth to McNary Dam (river mile 292) during 1974 and 1975 by removal trapping on standardized trap lines. Analysis of variance was used to compare capture per 100 trap-night indices of abundance of a species or group of species among habitats within a segment and among segments of the study area. Of the 59 species of small mammals purported to occur near the Columbia River, 39 were encountered. Many of the species not encountered. occur at elevations higher than the study area or are rare. Although 23 species were captured in standardized traps, the deer mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus) and vagrant shrew (Sorex vagrans) comprised 84.9 percent of the total catch. The deer mouse, the most abundant species, occurred in all 38 habitats except Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) and increased in abundance from west to east. Insectivores, mainly vagrant shrews, were most abundant in the west and decreased in abundance along the decreasing moisture gradient from west to east as did voles (Microtus spp.). Title: Occurrence and relative abundance of small mammals associated with riparian and upland habitats along the Columbia River Author: Hinschberger, Mark Steven A small mammal inventory of occurrence and relative abundance was conducted in riparian and upland habitats in six segments along the lower Columbia River from the river mouth to McNary Dam (river mile 292) during 1974 and 1975 by removal trapping on standardized trap lines. Analysis of variance was used to compare capture per 100 trap-night indices of abundance of a species or group of species among habitats within a segment and among segments of the study area. Of the 59 species of small mammals purported to occur near the Columbia River, 39 were encountered. Many of the species not encountered. occur at elevations higher than the study area or are rare. Although 23 species were captured in standardized traps, the deer mouse (Peromyscus maniculatus) and vagrant shrew (Sorex vagrans) comprised 84.9 percent of the total catch. The deer mouse, the most abundant species, occurred in all 38 habitats except Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) and increased in abundance from west to east. Insectivores, mainly vagrant shrews, were most abundant in the west and decreased in abundance along the decreasing moisture gradient from west to east as did voles (Microtus spp.). Close

• 231. [Article] The irradiation resistance of food pathogens contaminating seafoods

  Studies have been made to determine the limits of tolerance to gamma radiation for 15 cultures of the following bacterial species both in culture media and in irradiation-sterilized seafoods (crab-meat, halibut ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The irradiation resistance of food pathogens contaminating seafoods Author: Dutiyabodhi, Pisawat Studies have been made to determine the limits of tolerance to gamma radiation for 15 cultures of the following bacterial species both in culture media and in irradiation-sterilized seafoods (crab-meat, halibut and shrimp) inoculated with Salmonella (seven species), Shigella (three species), and one species each of Neisseria, Myco-bacterium, Esctrerichia, Proteus and Streptococcus. It was determined that the resistance dosages for the above mentioned bacterial species ranged from 2.0 x 10⁵ to 5.0 x 10⁵ rads. Salmonella schottmuelleri, Salmonella wichita, Salmonella typhosa and Escherichia coli were found to be the least sensitive to radiation, and therefore required the highest dosage. Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella paradysenteriae and Proteus vulgaris, which were most sensitive, required the lowest dosage. The cultures required dosages, in varying degree, between forementioned. It was found that radiation dosage for each of the bacterial species in culture media corresponded to that in seafoods upon irradiation. Attempts were made to use vitarnin K₅ as a radiation sensitizing agent for effective food preservation. The reeults did not indicate any obvious sensitizing effect of vitamin K₅ on Salmonella typhosa. Title: The irradiation resistance of food pathogens contaminating seafoods Author: Dutiyabodhi, Pisawat Studies have been made to determine the limits of tolerance to gamma radiation for 15 cultures of the following bacterial species both in culture media and in irradiation-sterilized seafoods (crab-meat, halibut and shrimp) inoculated with Salmonella (seven species), Shigella (three species), and one species each of Neisseria, Myco-bacterium, Esctrerichia, Proteus and Streptococcus. It was determined that the resistance dosages for the above mentioned bacterial species ranged from 2.0 x 10⁵ to 5.0 x 10⁵ rads. Salmonella schottmuelleri, Salmonella wichita, Salmonella typhosa and Escherichia coli were found to be the least sensitive to radiation, and therefore required the highest dosage. Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella paradysenteriae and Proteus vulgaris, which were most sensitive, required the lowest dosage. The cultures required dosages, in varying degree, between forementioned. It was found that radiation dosage for each of the bacterial species in culture media corresponded to that in seafoods upon irradiation. Attempts were made to use vitarnin K₅ as a radiation sensitizing agent for effective food preservation. The reeults did not indicate any obvious sensitizing effect of vitamin K₅ on Salmonella typhosa. Close

• 232. [Article] Habitat associations of bird communities in shrub-steppe and western juniper woodlands

  The encroachment of western juniper into mountain big sagebrush plant communities and the subsequent development of juniper stands results in significant changes in vegetation structure and complexity. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Habitat associations of bird communities in shrub-steppe and western juniper woodlands Author: Reinkensmeyer, Daniel P. The encroachment of western juniper into mountain big sagebrush plant communities and the subsequent development of juniper stands results in significant changes in vegetation structure and complexity. This study described and compared vegetative structure and bird community measures among four cover types representing a broad range of structural stages among semi-arid, upland plant communities in central Oregon. Avian communities and vegetation were sampled in 4 vegetative structural stages (cover types), including: 1) post-burn grassland (<5years post-burn); 2) mountain big sagebrush-Idaho fescue shrub-steppe; 3) mid-successional western juniper; and 4) old-growth western juniper. The point count, or variable circular plot (VCP), method was used to survey birds in May and June of 1998 and 1999. Bird density estimates for each transect in each year, mean relative abundance, and species richness, evenness, and diversity were compared among cover types. Sixteen of 22 vegetation measurements were significantly different (P<_0.05) among the four cover types. Mean bird species richness was greatest in the old-growth and mid-successional juniper types, with means of 22.9 and 23.6 species transecf 1, respectively. Bird species diversity (H) was similar between the old-growth (H'=2.499) and mid-successional (H'=2.416) cover types. Mean species richness was lower in the grassland cover type (17.6 species transect ) and lowest in the shrub-steppe cover type (11.5 species transect 1). Bird species diversity was similar in grassland and shrubsteppe, H=1.820 and H=1.644. Habitat complexity was evaluated by comparing the diversity of coverage of plant structural types. Indices of habitat complexity were calculated for each transect by using physiognomic cover diversity (PCD). Bird species diversity was positively correlated with PCD (r2=0.535; P=0.0013). Total bird density was significantly greater in 1999 than in 1998 (P<_0.05). Total bird density was greatest in old-growth juniper (6.551 birds ha ) and lowest in post-burn grasslands (3.569 birds ha 1). Total bird density was similar in shrub-steppe and mid-successional juniper (5.968 and 5.542 birds ha-1, respectively). Old-growth juniper had the highest total densities of both tree and cavity nesters. Total density of ground nesting birds was greatest in the grassland type. Total density of shrub nesting species was highest in the shrub-steppe type. Species consistently detected within all four cover types were Empidonax spp. flycatchers, brown-headed cowbirds, and northern flickers. Species detected in juniper stands but not other types included chipping sparrows, mountain bluebirds, mountain chickadees, Cassin's finches, American robins, ash-throated flycatchers, and dark-eyed juncos. The most common species in the shrub-steppe were also present in mid-successional juniper, but at lower densities. Species composition in mid-successional juniper was a mixture of shrub-associated and tree-associated bird species. Many bird species that regularly occurred in old-growth juniper also occurred in mid-successional juniper, however, density and richness of shrub nesting species was lower in old-growth juniper. Mountain chickadees, Cassin's finches, chipping sparrows, brown-headed cowbirds, mountain bluebirds, and dark-eyed juncos, Empidonax spp. flycatchers, ashthroated flycatchers, and northern flickers were correlated with juniper canopy cover, canopy volume, total tree density, and average tree height. Vesper sparrows, western meadowlarks, green-tailed towhees, and horned larks were correlated with vertical density of herbaceous vegetation, total vertical density of all vegetative functional groups, and perennial grass cover. Brewer's sparrows, sage sparrows, sage thrashers, and horned larks were associated with total cover of all shrub species, cover of green rabbitbrush and sagebrush, vertical density of shrubs, and bare ground. In the absence of fire or direct management actions, the transition of mountain big sagebrush plant communities to juniper woodlands will likely result in decreased densities or loss of shrub nesting and sagebrush obligate birds. However, sites in the early stages of juniper transition, with an intact shrub component, may provide both shrub and tree-foliage nesting bird species with suitable breeding habitat. Old growth juniper stands provide both tree and cavity nesting species with breeding habitat, but shrub-nesting species will likely be absent or at very low densities because of low shrub cover. On a landscape level, a mixture of various ages of juniper stands, as well as juniper-free mountain big sagebrush and grassland will likely result in the greatest diversity of bird species. Title: Habitat associations of bird communities in shrub-steppe and western juniper woodlands Author: Reinkensmeyer, Daniel P. The encroachment of western juniper into mountain big sagebrush plant communities and the subsequent development of juniper stands results in significant changes in vegetation structure and complexity. This study described and compared vegetative structure and bird community measures among four cover types representing a broad range of structural stages among semi-arid, upland plant communities in central Oregon. Avian communities and vegetation were sampled in 4 vegetative structural stages (cover types), including: 1) post-burn grassland (<5years post-burn); 2) mountain big sagebrush-Idaho fescue shrub-steppe; 3) mid-successional western juniper; and 4) old-growth western juniper. The point count, or variable circular plot (VCP), method was used to survey birds in May and June of 1998 and 1999. Bird density estimates for each transect in each year, mean relative abundance, and species richness, evenness, and diversity were compared among cover types. Sixteen of 22 vegetation measurements were significantly different (P<_0.05) among the four cover types. Mean bird species richness was greatest in the old-growth and mid-successional juniper types, with means of 22.9 and 23.6 species transecf 1, respectively. Bird species diversity (H) was similar between the old-growth (H'=2.499) and mid-successional (H'=2.416) cover types. Mean species richness was lower in the grassland cover type (17.6 species transect ) and lowest in the shrub-steppe cover type (11.5 species transect 1). Bird species diversity was similar in grassland and shrubsteppe, H=1.820 and H=1.644. Habitat complexity was evaluated by comparing the diversity of coverage of plant structural types. Indices of habitat complexity were calculated for each transect by using physiognomic cover diversity (PCD). Bird species diversity was positively correlated with PCD (r2=0.535; P=0.0013). Total bird density was significantly greater in 1999 than in 1998 (P<_0.05). Total bird density was greatest in old-growth juniper (6.551 birds ha ) and lowest in post-burn grasslands (3.569 birds ha 1). Total bird density was similar in shrub-steppe and mid-successional juniper (5.968 and 5.542 birds ha-1, respectively). Old-growth juniper had the highest total densities of both tree and cavity nesters. Total density of ground nesting birds was greatest in the grassland type. Total density of shrub nesting species was highest in the shrub-steppe type. Species consistently detected within all four cover types were Empidonax spp. flycatchers, brown-headed cowbirds, and northern flickers. Species detected in juniper stands but not other types included chipping sparrows, mountain bluebirds, mountain chickadees, Cassin's finches, American robins, ash-throated flycatchers, and dark-eyed juncos. The most common species in the shrub-steppe were also present in mid-successional juniper, but at lower densities. Species composition in mid-successional juniper was a mixture of shrub-associated and tree-associated bird species. Many bird species that regularly occurred in old-growth juniper also occurred in mid-successional juniper, however, density and richness of shrub nesting species was lower in old-growth juniper. Mountain chickadees, Cassin's finches, chipping sparrows, brown-headed cowbirds, mountain bluebirds, and dark-eyed juncos, Empidonax spp. flycatchers, ashthroated flycatchers, and northern flickers were correlated with juniper canopy cover, canopy volume, total tree density, and average tree height. Vesper sparrows, western meadowlarks, green-tailed towhees, and horned larks were correlated with vertical density of herbaceous vegetation, total vertical density of all vegetative functional groups, and perennial grass cover. Brewer's sparrows, sage sparrows, sage thrashers, and horned larks were associated with total cover of all shrub species, cover of green rabbitbrush and sagebrush, vertical density of shrubs, and bare ground. In the absence of fire or direct management actions, the transition of mountain big sagebrush plant communities to juniper woodlands will likely result in decreased densities or loss of shrub nesting and sagebrush obligate birds. However, sites in the early stages of juniper transition, with an intact shrub component, may provide both shrub and tree-foliage nesting bird species with suitable breeding habitat. Old growth juniper stands provide both tree and cavity nesting species with breeding habitat, but shrub-nesting species will likely be absent or at very low densities because of low shrub cover. On a landscape level, a mixture of various ages of juniper stands, as well as juniper-free mountain big sagebrush and grassland will likely result in the greatest diversity of bird species. Close

• 233. [Article] Tree crown ratio models for multi-species and multi-layered stands of southeastern British Columbia

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Canadian Institute of Forestry and can be found at: http://pubs.cif-ifc.org/journal/tfc.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Tree crown ratio models for multi-species and multi-layered stands of southeastern British Columbia Author: Temesgen, Hailemariam, LeMay, Valerie, Mitchell, Stephen J. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Canadian Institute of Forestry and can be found at: http://pubs.cif-ifc.org/journal/tfc. Title: Tree crown ratio models for multi-species and multi-layered stands of southeastern British Columbia Author: Temesgen, Hailemariam, LeMay, Valerie, Mitchell, Stephen J. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Canadian Institute of Forestry and can be found at: http://pubs.cif-ifc.org/journal/tfc. Close

• 234. [Article] Uptake and retention of technetuim [i.e. technetium] by two freshwater species, the crayfish Pacifastacus leniusculus and the snail Juga silicula

  The patterns of uptake, retention, and tissue distribution of ⁹⁵mTc in two freshwater species, the crayfish Pacifastacus leniusculus and the snail Juga silicula have been investigated. The animals were ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Uptake and retention of technetuim [i.e. technetium] by two freshwater species, the crayfish Pacifastacus leniusculus and the snail Juga silicula Author: McKenzie-Carter, Michael A. The patterns of uptake, retention, and tissue distribution of ⁹⁵mTc in two freshwater species, the crayfish Pacifastacus leniusculus and the snail Juga silicula have been investigated. The animals were chronically exposed in water to which sodium pertechnetate had been added. Final whole-body concentration ratios (CR) obtained were 1.6 and 41 for the crayfish and the snail, respectively. Following the uptake study the animals were placed in fresh non-radioactive water for a retention study. Two-phase retention patterns were observed in both species. The long-lived component of the crayfish curve contained 82% of the body burden, while that of the snail contained 90%. Biological half-lives for the long-lived retention components were determined to be 141 days and 120 days for the crayfish and the snail, respectively. Tissue distribution data showed that 79-100% of the crayfish whole-body activity was shared between the exoskeleton and the digestive gland at all times, whereas the soft tissues of the snail contained 82-96% of the whole-body activity. Data from these two species are similar to past research results that indicated uptake of Tc is highly variable among different species. The final crayfish CR value obtained is several orders of magnitude below those reported for the taxonomically-related lobster, and is among the lowest values reported for freshwater invertebrates. Uptake by J. silicula indicates a more significant accumulation of Tc, however a high degree of variation between identical animals was observed. This study suggests that Tc contamination in the two study species would not pose a significant health problem to humans. The crayfish represents a potential direct pathway to man, however the degree to which P. leniusculus concentrated Tc indicates that this would not be a health hazard. The higher degree of concentration by the snail represents a potential indirect hazard. Further studies investigating such factors as variability in individual uptake and the efficiency of trophic transfer of Tc need to be undertaken in order to accurately assess the impact of Tc releases. Title: Uptake and retention of technetuim [i.e. technetium] by two freshwater species, the crayfish Pacifastacus leniusculus and the snail Juga silicula Author: McKenzie-Carter, Michael A. The patterns of uptake, retention, and tissue distribution of ⁹⁵mTc in two freshwater species, the crayfish Pacifastacus leniusculus and the snail Juga silicula have been investigated. The animals were chronically exposed in water to which sodium pertechnetate had been added. Final whole-body concentration ratios (CR) obtained were 1.6 and 41 for the crayfish and the snail, respectively. Following the uptake study the animals were placed in fresh non-radioactive water for a retention study. Two-phase retention patterns were observed in both species. The long-lived component of the crayfish curve contained 82% of the body burden, while that of the snail contained 90%. Biological half-lives for the long-lived retention components were determined to be 141 days and 120 days for the crayfish and the snail, respectively. Tissue distribution data showed that 79-100% of the crayfish whole-body activity was shared between the exoskeleton and the digestive gland at all times, whereas the soft tissues of the snail contained 82-96% of the whole-body activity. Data from these two species are similar to past research results that indicated uptake of Tc is highly variable among different species. The final crayfish CR value obtained is several orders of magnitude below those reported for the taxonomically-related lobster, and is among the lowest values reported for freshwater invertebrates. Uptake by J. silicula indicates a more significant accumulation of Tc, however a high degree of variation between identical animals was observed. This study suggests that Tc contamination in the two study species would not pose a significant health problem to humans. The crayfish represents a potential direct pathway to man, however the degree to which P. leniusculus concentrated Tc indicates that this would not be a health hazard. The higher degree of concentration by the snail represents a potential indirect hazard. Further studies investigating such factors as variability in individual uptake and the efficiency of trophic transfer of Tc need to be undertaken in order to accurately assess the impact of Tc releases. Close

• 235. [Article] Controlling woody vegetation in wetland prairies, 1994-2001

  Wetland prairies of the Willamette Valley, among the rarest of Oregon’s ecosystems, are threatened by invasion of woody species and non-native pest species. Because fire has been important in maintaining ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Controlling woody vegetation in wetland prairies, 1994-2001 Author: Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950- Wetland prairies of the Willamette Valley, among the rarest of Oregon’s ecosystems, are threatened by invasion of woody species and non-native pest species. Because fire has been important in maintaining Willamette Valley prairies for at least 1000 years, prescribed burning is a top choice of managers for preventing encroachment of woody species. However, the effects of prescribed burning on present day wetland prairie communities, with their mix of native and non-native species, are not clear. Moreover, because strict governmental requirements for smoke management hinder prescribed burning, natural-area managers are considering alternatives to fire, like mowing and hand-removal of woody plants. The present study explored the ecological interactions of a wetland prairie by experimentally testing the responses of burning, hand-removal of woody species, and mowing with removal of cut material on woody plants and key native and non-native grasses and forbs. We evaluated these perturbations for their effectiveness in meeting management objectives of reducing abundance of woody species, reducing or preventing an increase in abundance of nonnative pest species, and increasing or at least maintaining native species’ abundance. After four treatments periods (1994, 1996, 1998, and 2000) the following patterns emerged: • Woody species Burning and hand-removal of woody plants every two years consistently decreased the cover of woody species, even with a gradual increase in the controls to over double 1994 levels. The change in woody cover after mowing with removal of cut material was not significantly different from that in the control. As woody plant cover decreased, plant mortality increased, indicating that treatments influenced woody plant cover at least partially through changes in survival. • Native herbaceous species None of the treatments had a significant effect after four treatment periods on the proportional change in cover or in number of inflorescences of Deschampsia cespitosa, although the change in number of inflorescences was consistently less than that in the control, including a significant decrease with burning in 1997. As a group, native graminoid species showed no significant differences in flowering response to treatments during any of the four treatment periods. However, burning and mowing consistently promoted flowering of Juncus tenuis. The cover of native forbs as a group was not significantly different from that of the control, with the exception of 1997, where cover increased with burning and hand-removal. Even though native forbs as a group have generally not shown significant differences, individual native forb species have shown positive responses to treatments: Sidalcea cusickii, spp. purpurea, Eriophyllum lanatum, and Sisyrinchium idahoensis. • Non-native herbaceous species Both hand-removal and mowing promoted flowering of non-native graminoids as a group. In contrast, burning maintained levels of flowering of non-native graminoids similar to that of the controls. Cover of non-native forbs as a group showed no significant treatment differences except for 1997, in which significant reductions in cover occurred after burning and hand-removal. The results to date show that prescribed burning is the best option of the three tested management treatments for achieving the restoration goals for native wetland prairies. Because mowing with removal of cut material was ineffective in reducing woody cover and tended to promote non-native herbaceous species, this treatment should be avoided. Title: Controlling woody vegetation in wetland prairies, 1994-2001 Author: Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950- Wetland prairies of the Willamette Valley, among the rarest of Oregon’s ecosystems, are threatened by invasion of woody species and non-native pest species. Because fire has been important in maintaining Willamette Valley prairies for at least 1000 years, prescribed burning is a top choice of managers for preventing encroachment of woody species. However, the effects of prescribed burning on present day wetland prairie communities, with their mix of native and non-native species, are not clear. Moreover, because strict governmental requirements for smoke management hinder prescribed burning, natural-area managers are considering alternatives to fire, like mowing and hand-removal of woody plants. The present study explored the ecological interactions of a wetland prairie by experimentally testing the responses of burning, hand-removal of woody species, and mowing with removal of cut material on woody plants and key native and non-native grasses and forbs. We evaluated these perturbations for their effectiveness in meeting management objectives of reducing abundance of woody species, reducing or preventing an increase in abundance of nonnative pest species, and increasing or at least maintaining native species’ abundance. After four treatments periods (1994, 1996, 1998, and 2000) the following patterns emerged: • Woody species Burning and hand-removal of woody plants every two years consistently decreased the cover of woody species, even with a gradual increase in the controls to over double 1994 levels. The change in woody cover after mowing with removal of cut material was not significantly different from that in the control. As woody plant cover decreased, plant mortality increased, indicating that treatments influenced woody plant cover at least partially through changes in survival. • Native herbaceous species None of the treatments had a significant effect after four treatment periods on the proportional change in cover or in number of inflorescences of Deschampsia cespitosa, although the change in number of inflorescences was consistently less than that in the control, including a significant decrease with burning in 1997. As a group, native graminoid species showed no significant differences in flowering response to treatments during any of the four treatment periods. However, burning and mowing consistently promoted flowering of Juncus tenuis. The cover of native forbs as a group was not significantly different from that of the control, with the exception of 1997, where cover increased with burning and hand-removal. Even though native forbs as a group have generally not shown significant differences, individual native forb species have shown positive responses to treatments: Sidalcea cusickii, spp. purpurea, Eriophyllum lanatum, and Sisyrinchium idahoensis. • Non-native herbaceous species Both hand-removal and mowing promoted flowering of non-native graminoids as a group. In contrast, burning maintained levels of flowering of non-native graminoids similar to that of the controls. Cover of non-native forbs as a group showed no significant treatment differences except for 1997, in which significant reductions in cover occurred after burning and hand-removal. The results to date show that prescribed burning is the best option of the three tested management treatments for achieving the restoration goals for native wetland prairies. Because mowing with removal of cut material was ineffective in reducing woody cover and tended to promote non-native herbaceous species, this treatment should be avoided. Close

• 236. [Article] Fish Species Introductions Provide Novel Insights into the Patterns and Drivers of Phylogenetic Structure in Freshwaters

  Despite long-standing interest of terrestrial ecologists, freshwater ecosystems are a fertile, yet unappreciated, testing ground for applying community phylogenetics to uncover mechanisms of species assembly. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Fish Species Introductions Provide Novel Insights into the Patterns and Drivers of Phylogenetic Structure in Freshwaters Author: Strecker, Angela L., Olden, Julian D. Year: 2014 Despite long-standing interest of terrestrial ecologists, freshwater ecosystems are a fertile, yet unappreciated, testing ground for applying community phylogenetics to uncover mechanisms of species assembly. We quantify phylogenetic clustering and overdispersion of native and non-native fishes of a large river basin in the American Southwest to test for the mechanisms (environmental filtering versus competitive exclusion) and spatial scales influencing community structure. Contrary to expectations, non-native species were phylogenetically clustered and related to natural environmental conditions, whereas native species were not phylogenetically structured, likely reflecting human-related changes to the basin. The species that are most invasive (in terms of ecological impacts) tended to be the most phylogenetically divergent from natives across watersheds, but not within watersheds, supporting the hypothesis that Darwin's naturalization conundrum is driven by the spatial scale. Phylogenetic distinctiveness may facilitate non-native establishment at regional scales, but environmental filtering restricts local membership to closely related species with physiological tolerances for current environments. By contrast, native species may have been phylogenetically clustered in historical times, but species loss from contemporary populations by anthropogenic activities has likely shaped the phylogenetic signal. Our study implies that fundamental mechanisms of community assembly have changed, with fundamental consequences for the biogeography of both native and non-native species. Title: Fish Species Introductions Provide Novel Insights into the Patterns and Drivers of Phylogenetic Structure in Freshwaters Author: Strecker, Angela L., Olden, Julian D. Year: 2014 Despite long-standing interest of terrestrial ecologists, freshwater ecosystems are a fertile, yet unappreciated, testing ground for applying community phylogenetics to uncover mechanisms of species assembly. We quantify phylogenetic clustering and overdispersion of native and non-native fishes of a large river basin in the American Southwest to test for the mechanisms (environmental filtering versus competitive exclusion) and spatial scales influencing community structure. Contrary to expectations, non-native species were phylogenetically clustered and related to natural environmental conditions, whereas native species were not phylogenetically structured, likely reflecting human-related changes to the basin. The species that are most invasive (in terms of ecological impacts) tended to be the most phylogenetically divergent from natives across watersheds, but not within watersheds, supporting the hypothesis that Darwin's naturalization conundrum is driven by the spatial scale. Phylogenetic distinctiveness may facilitate non-native establishment at regional scales, but environmental filtering restricts local membership to closely related species with physiological tolerances for current environments. By contrast, native species may have been phylogenetically clustered in historical times, but species loss from contemporary populations by anthropogenic activities has likely shaped the phylogenetic signal. Our study implies that fundamental mechanisms of community assembly have changed, with fundamental consequences for the biogeography of both native and non-native species. Close

• 237. [Article] Substrate Age Influences Species Richness and Community Composition of Calicioid Lichens and Fungi on Wooden Buildings

  Identifying processes that drive epiphytic lichen diversity and succession is important for directing conservation efforts and developing forest management plans for the maintenance of biodiversity and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Substrate Age Influences Species Richness and Community Composition of Calicioid Lichens and Fungi on Wooden Buildings Author: Peterson, Kate, Calabria, Lalita M., Miller, Jesse E.D., Brown-Clay, Jesse Year: 2017 Identifying processes that drive epiphytic lichen diversity and succession is important for directing conservation efforts and developing forest management plans for the maintenance of biodiversity and forest health. Stand age has been implicated as a key factor in driving epiphytic species diversity and community composition. However, understanding the influence of substrate age, independent of the many confounding variables that affect live and dead wood substrates in a forest habitat, can be difficult. To test the hypothesis that substrate age has distinct effects on lichen community assembly independent of surface area, we sampled communities of calicioid lichens and fungi growing on wooden buildings that ranged from 2 to 82 years old. We found a total of 17 species, with a strong positive correlation between species richness and substrate age. We also tested the effects of surface area on species richness and found no relationship between the two variables. Our results indicate that substrate age influenced community composition; non-lichenized calicioid species acted as early colonizers and six calicioid species were recorded only on the oldest substrate. Old-growth associate species were found on substrates of varying ages, implying that additional variables may also be responsible for the colonization of old-growth associate species. Copyright © 2017 by The American Bryological and Lichenological Society, Inc. Title: Substrate Age Influences Species Richness and Community Composition of Calicioid Lichens and Fungi on Wooden Buildings Author: Peterson, Kate, Calabria, Lalita M., Miller, Jesse E.D., Brown-Clay, Jesse Year: 2017 Identifying processes that drive epiphytic lichen diversity and succession is important for directing conservation efforts and developing forest management plans for the maintenance of biodiversity and forest health. Stand age has been implicated as a key factor in driving epiphytic species diversity and community composition. However, understanding the influence of substrate age, independent of the many confounding variables that affect live and dead wood substrates in a forest habitat, can be difficult. To test the hypothesis that substrate age has distinct effects on lichen community assembly independent of surface area, we sampled communities of calicioid lichens and fungi growing on wooden buildings that ranged from 2 to 82 years old. We found a total of 17 species, with a strong positive correlation between species richness and substrate age. We also tested the effects of surface area on species richness and found no relationship between the two variables. Our results indicate that substrate age influenced community composition; non-lichenized calicioid species acted as early colonizers and six calicioid species were recorded only on the oldest substrate. Old-growth associate species were found on substrates of varying ages, implying that additional variables may also be responsible for the colonization of old-growth associate species. Copyright © 2017 by The American Bryological and Lichenological Society, Inc. Close

• 238. [Article] Educating Pacific Northwest Campers on the Risk of Spreading Invasive Forest Pests through Firewood: Developing a Mental Model

  2011

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Educating Pacific Northwest Campers on the Risk of Spreading Invasive Forest Pests through Firewood: Developing a Mental Model Author: Runberg, Damon 2011 Title: Educating Pacific Northwest Campers on the Risk of Spreading Invasive Forest Pests through Firewood: Developing a Mental Model Author: Runberg, Damon 2011 Close

• 239. [Article] Comparative hydraulic architecture of tropical tree species representing a range of successional stages and wood density

  The original publication is available at www.springerlink.com.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Comparative hydraulic architecture of tropical tree species representing a range of successional stages and wood density Author: Meinzer, F. C., Woodruff, D. R., Lachenbruch, B., Domec, J.-C., McCulloh, K. A., Voelker, S. L., Sperry, J. S. The original publication is available at www.springerlink.com. Title: Comparative hydraulic architecture of tropical tree species representing a range of successional stages and wood density Author: Meinzer, F. C., Woodruff, D. R., Lachenbruch, B., Domec, J.-C., McCulloh, K. A., Voelker, S. L., Sperry, J. S. The original publication is available at www.springerlink.com. Close

• 240. [Article] Sources of Variation in the Self-Thinning Boundary Line for Three Species with Varying Levels of Shade Tolerance

  The species self-thinning boundary line has been widely analyzed with a variety of statistical techniques. Most previous studies in the forestry literature have reported that the relationship does not ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Sources of Variation in the Self-Thinning Boundary Line for Three Species with Varying Levels of Shade Tolerance Author: Temesgen, Hailemariam, Weiskittel, Aaron, Gould, Peter The species self-thinning boundary line has been widely analyzed with a variety of statistical techniques. Most previous studies in the forestry literature have reported that the relationship does not differ across a range of stand and site factors, but these studies have primarily used statistical techniques that make model fitting subjective or interpretation of covariate significance difficult. There is growing evidence that the use of stochastic frontier analysis is an effective statistical means for objectively fitting the species self-thinning boundary line, offering the opportunity to test the influence of additional covariates. Using extensive even-aged coastal Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii var. menziesii [Mirb.] Franco), western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla), and red alder (Alnus rubra Bong.) data sets in the Pacific Northwest, we examined the assumption that the intercept and slope of the species self-thinning boundary line are insensitive to stand and site factors. Likelihood ratio tests indicated that site index, stand origin (natural versus planted), and purity (proportion of basal area in the primary species) significantly influenced the species self-thinning boundary line intercept for each of the species examined in this study. In Douglas-fir and western hemlock, the slope of the self-thinning boundary was also dependent on stand origin as well as site index in the case of Douglas-fir. Fertilization did not significantly influence the intercept or slope of the species self-thinning line for Douglas-fir and western hemlock. In addition, the inclusion of site aspect and dryness index marginally improved the red alder model of self-thinning, but neither site soil nor climatic variables improved the models for western hemlock and Douglas-fir. Thus, the species self-thinning boundary line can vary significantly among stands, and its variation is driven by several distinct factors; stochastic frontier analysis is an effective tool for identifying these factors. Title: Sources of Variation in the Self-Thinning Boundary Line for Three Species with Varying Levels of Shade Tolerance Author: Temesgen, Hailemariam, Weiskittel, Aaron, Gould, Peter The species self-thinning boundary line has been widely analyzed with a variety of statistical techniques. Most previous studies in the forestry literature have reported that the relationship does not differ across a range of stand and site factors, but these studies have primarily used statistical techniques that make model fitting subjective or interpretation of covariate significance difficult. There is growing evidence that the use of stochastic frontier analysis is an effective statistical means for objectively fitting the species self-thinning boundary line, offering the opportunity to test the influence of additional covariates. Using extensive even-aged coastal Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii var. menziesii [Mirb.] Franco), western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla), and red alder (Alnus rubra Bong.) data sets in the Pacific Northwest, we examined the assumption that the intercept and slope of the species self-thinning boundary line are insensitive to stand and site factors. Likelihood ratio tests indicated that site index, stand origin (natural versus planted), and purity (proportion of basal area in the primary species) significantly influenced the species self-thinning boundary line intercept for each of the species examined in this study. In Douglas-fir and western hemlock, the slope of the self-thinning boundary was also dependent on stand origin as well as site index in the case of Douglas-fir. Fertilization did not significantly influence the intercept or slope of the species self-thinning line for Douglas-fir and western hemlock. In addition, the inclusion of site aspect and dryness index marginally improved the red alder model of self-thinning, but neither site soil nor climatic variables improved the models for western hemlock and Douglas-fir. Thus, the species self-thinning boundary line can vary significantly among stands, and its variation is driven by several distinct factors; stochastic frontier analysis is an effective tool for identifying these factors. Close

• 241. [Article] Using Mitogenomic and Nuclear Ribosomal Sequence Data to Investigate the Phylogeny of the Xiphinema americanum Species Complex

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article was published by the Public Library of Science and is in the public domain. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Using Mitogenomic and Nuclear Ribosomal Sequence Data to Investigate the Phylogeny of the Xiphinema americanum Species Complex Author: Peetz, Amy, Zasada, Inga A., Denver, Dee R., Howe, Dana K., Wilhelm, Larry J., Cheam, Daravuth, Smythe, Ashleigh B. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article was published by the Public Library of Science and is in the public domain. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/. Title: Using Mitogenomic and Nuclear Ribosomal Sequence Data to Investigate the Phylogeny of the Xiphinema americanum Species Complex Author: Peetz, Amy, Zasada, Inga A., Denver, Dee R., Howe, Dana K., Wilhelm, Larry J., Cheam, Daravuth, Smythe, Ashleigh B. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article was published by the Public Library of Science and is in the public domain. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/. Close

• 242. [Article] Phylogeny and taxonomy of parasites of the Multivalvulida (myxoza:myxosporea) based on comparative DNA sequence analysis

  Relationships among myxozoan parasites of the order Multivalvulida were examined through comparative DNA sequence analysis. Members of this group of parasites is known for the damaging effects they have ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Phylogeny and taxonomy of parasites of the Multivalvulida (myxoza:myxosporea) based on comparative DNA sequence analysis Author: Whipps, Christopher Michael Relationships among myxozoan parasites of the order Multivalvulida were examined through comparative DNA sequence analysis. Members of this group of parasites is known for the damaging effects they have on their fish hosts, especially commercially important species. Most species infect muscle, where they form cysts and many release proteolytic enzymes. Morphological and molecular analyses were conducted on isolates of the widely distributed Kudoa thyrsites to determine if this species was actually an assemblage of several parasite species in a variety of host species. Molecular analyses employed small subunit (SSU) ribosomal DNA sequences and for the first time, myxozoan internal transcribed spacer (ITS) sequences. Genetically distinct populations of K. thyrsites do exist on a broad geographic scale, but it would be inappropriate to consider these groups as different species at this time for the following reasons: there are no clear morphological distinctions that correspond with the observed molecular differences and impacts of the parasite (i.e., soft flesh) are no different in any of the locations. Therefore, although genetic data may suggest that subdivision of K thyrsites is warranted, such subdivision would only generate confusion as DNA sequence analyses would be required for future identifications of these groups. Species boundaries must be defined not only by molecular analyses but by measurable phenotypic differences, as was the case with species similar to K thyrsites; K minithyrsites and Kudoa lateolabracis. At the interspecific level, phylogenetic analyses based on SSU, and for the first time, myxozoan large subunit ribosomal DNA, indicated that a revision of order Multivalvulida taxonomy was warranted. The descriptive generic names Pentacapsula, Hexacapsula and Septemcapsula proved to be artificial groupings of multivalvulid species. Thus, these genera were synonymized with Kudoa. The aim of scientific classification is to organize phena in a manner that not only facilitates communication, but also reflects the shared evolutionary history of these organisms. Clearly, placing members of the Kudoidae into different genera and even families based on a single characteristic of their spores (i.e., valve number) is a poor representation of their close relationship. Title: Phylogeny and taxonomy of parasites of the Multivalvulida (myxoza:myxosporea) based on comparative DNA sequence analysis Author: Whipps, Christopher Michael Relationships among myxozoan parasites of the order Multivalvulida were examined through comparative DNA sequence analysis. Members of this group of parasites is known for the damaging effects they have on their fish hosts, especially commercially important species. Most species infect muscle, where they form cysts and many release proteolytic enzymes. Morphological and molecular analyses were conducted on isolates of the widely distributed Kudoa thyrsites to determine if this species was actually an assemblage of several parasite species in a variety of host species. Molecular analyses employed small subunit (SSU) ribosomal DNA sequences and for the first time, myxozoan internal transcribed spacer (ITS) sequences. Genetically distinct populations of K. thyrsites do exist on a broad geographic scale, but it would be inappropriate to consider these groups as different species at this time for the following reasons: there are no clear morphological distinctions that correspond with the observed molecular differences and impacts of the parasite (i.e., soft flesh) are no different in any of the locations. Therefore, although genetic data may suggest that subdivision of K thyrsites is warranted, such subdivision would only generate confusion as DNA sequence analyses would be required for future identifications of these groups. Species boundaries must be defined not only by molecular analyses but by measurable phenotypic differences, as was the case with species similar to K thyrsites; K minithyrsites and Kudoa lateolabracis. At the interspecific level, phylogenetic analyses based on SSU, and for the first time, myxozoan large subunit ribosomal DNA, indicated that a revision of order Multivalvulida taxonomy was warranted. The descriptive generic names Pentacapsula, Hexacapsula and Septemcapsula proved to be artificial groupings of multivalvulid species. Thus, these genera were synonymized with Kudoa. The aim of scientific classification is to organize phena in a manner that not only facilitates communication, but also reflects the shared evolutionary history of these organisms. Clearly, placing members of the Kudoidae into different genera and even families based on a single characteristic of their spores (i.e., valve number) is a poor representation of their close relationship. Close

• 243. [Article] Assemblages of groundfish caught using commercial fishing strategies off the coasts of Oregon and Washington from 1985-1987

  The groundfish trawl fishery operating off the coasts of Oregon and Washington 1985-1987 caught six major assemblages of species which could be treated as units in developing mixed-species management plans. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Assemblages of groundfish caught using commercial fishing strategies off the coasts of Oregon and Washington from 1985-1987 Author: Rogers, Jean Beyer The groundfish trawl fishery operating off the coasts of Oregon and Washington 1985-1987 caught six major assemblages of species which could be treated as units in developing mixed-species management plans. Eighty-one percent of the tows observed on commercial vessels were consistently placed in one of the assemblage designations using three multivariate techniques. Two of the assemblages were dominated by a single species, pink shrimp (Pandalus jordani) or widow rockfish (Sebastes entomelas). The other assemblages identified were: a deepwater rockfish assemblage, a deepwater Dover sole assemblage, a nearshore mixed-species assemblage, and a bottom rockfish assemblage. The assemblage designations of the consistently placed tows were predicted with an estimated 85% average accuracy using discriminant functions based on the gear used and bottom depth fished. Fishermen had different targets (intended catch) for each assemblage caught. The mixed-species assemblages had several targets, representing at least some of the dominant species in the assemblage. Targeting and discarding information indicated that fishermen did not always intend to catch the species together; there were unintentional or unavoidable catches of all the major species except for shrimp in the shrimp assemblage. Discarding occurred in all the assemblages, primarily due to unmarketable species or fish that were too small to market. Monitoring the assemblages over time could be accomplished by using the defined strategies with logbook data, particularly if the large and small rockfish categories were used to consistently separate shelf and deepwater rockfish. The defined strategies could not effectively predict the research cruise assemblages or catches; research data do not accurately describe commercial catches. Title: Assemblages of groundfish caught using commercial fishing strategies off the coasts of Oregon and Washington from 1985-1987 Author: Rogers, Jean Beyer The groundfish trawl fishery operating off the coasts of Oregon and Washington 1985-1987 caught six major assemblages of species which could be treated as units in developing mixed-species management plans. Eighty-one percent of the tows observed on commercial vessels were consistently placed in one of the assemblage designations using three multivariate techniques. Two of the assemblages were dominated by a single species, pink shrimp (Pandalus jordani) or widow rockfish (Sebastes entomelas). The other assemblages identified were: a deepwater rockfish assemblage, a deepwater Dover sole assemblage, a nearshore mixed-species assemblage, and a bottom rockfish assemblage. The assemblage designations of the consistently placed tows were predicted with an estimated 85% average accuracy using discriminant functions based on the gear used and bottom depth fished. Fishermen had different targets (intended catch) for each assemblage caught. The mixed-species assemblages had several targets, representing at least some of the dominant species in the assemblage. Targeting and discarding information indicated that fishermen did not always intend to catch the species together; there were unintentional or unavoidable catches of all the major species except for shrimp in the shrimp assemblage. Discarding occurred in all the assemblages, primarily due to unmarketable species or fish that were too small to market. Monitoring the assemblages over time could be accomplished by using the defined strategies with logbook data, particularly if the large and small rockfish categories were used to consistently separate shelf and deepwater rockfish. The defined strategies could not effectively predict the research cruise assemblages or catches; research data do not accurately describe commercial catches. Close

• 244. [Article] Marine resource surveys on the continental shelf off Oregon, 1971-74 : completion report July 1, 1971 to June 30, 1975

  Groundfish surveys off Oregon were conducted over a four year period (1971-74) between the Columbia River and Cape Blanco. Primary purpose of the surveys was to obtain estimates of biomass of important ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Marine resource surveys on the continental shelf off Oregon, 1971-74 : completion report July 1, 1971 to June 30, 1975 Author: Forsberg, Brent O., United States. National Marine Fisheries Service, Ten Eyck, Neil, Demory, Robert L., Hosie, Michael J. Groundfish surveys off Oregon were conducted over a four year period (1971-74) between the Columbia River and Cape Blanco. Primary purpose of the surveys was to obtain estimates of biomass of important groundfish occupying the continental shelf and upper continental slope. Survey design was based on a 5 x 5 N mi grid with a random starting point. This resulted in trawling intensity of about 1 tow per 25 N mi² of trawlable bottom. Samples for age, size and sex composition were taken from important species of flatfish. Weights of all species caught were obtained. Estimates of biomass (a11 species) were 283,750 metric tons in 1971-72 and 235,117 metric tons in 1973-74. Pacific hake was the most abundant species followed by Dover sole. Estimates of potential yield were determined for five species of flatfish. Data indicate that only petrale sole are being fully exploited. Increased yield could be obtained without increasing fishing effort if economic conditions were such that the species caught were more completely utilized. Distribution of major species is depicted by catch maps. Distribution of some species is closely allied with depth and sediment type or both. No attempt was made to quantify species association. Title: Marine resource surveys on the continental shelf off Oregon, 1971-74 : completion report July 1, 1971 to June 30, 1975 Author: Forsberg, Brent O., United States. National Marine Fisheries Service, Ten Eyck, Neil, Demory, Robert L., Hosie, Michael J. Groundfish surveys off Oregon were conducted over a four year period (1971-74) between the Columbia River and Cape Blanco. Primary purpose of the surveys was to obtain estimates of biomass of important groundfish occupying the continental shelf and upper continental slope. Survey design was based on a 5 x 5 N mi grid with a random starting point. This resulted in trawling intensity of about 1 tow per 25 N mi² of trawlable bottom. Samples for age, size and sex composition were taken from important species of flatfish. Weights of all species caught were obtained. Estimates of biomass (a11 species) were 283,750 metric tons in 1971-72 and 235,117 metric tons in 1973-74. Pacific hake was the most abundant species followed by Dover sole. Estimates of potential yield were determined for five species of flatfish. Data indicate that only petrale sole are being fully exploited. Increased yield could be obtained without increasing fishing effort if economic conditions were such that the species caught were more completely utilized. Distribution of major species is depicted by catch maps. Distribution of some species is closely allied with depth and sediment type or both. No attempt was made to quantify species association. Close

• 245. [Article] The role of acoustical signals in the communicative behavior of the water scavenger beetles, Tropisternus (Coleoptera:hydrophilidae)

  The communicative behavior of five species and subspecies of Tropisternus Solier (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) was studied. These aquatic beetles have stress and calling chirps (both sexes), a second male ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The role of acoustical signals in the communicative behavior of the water scavenger beetles, Tropisternus (Coleoptera:hydrophilidae) Author: Ryker, Lee Chester The communicative behavior of five species and subspecies of Tropisternus Solier (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) was studied. These aquatic beetles have stress and calling chirps (both sexes), a second male calling signal (one species), a single male courtship sound (usually), a male copulatory sound, and a female aggressive rejection buzz (three species). Males utilize visual, not acoustical, clues to orient towards females at close range. Males court females with stereotyped movements, sounds, and tactile signals while positioned dorsally on the female. The role of chemical signals in recognition of sexual readiness, sex, or species remains unclear. A mark-release field study of T. ellipticus ruled out aggregation and territorial behavior as possible functions of acoustic signals. This species, at least, wanders freely and has no home range. Acoustic courtship signals were stereotyped, i.e., the same signal was always produced by males in particular positions of courtship, in T. natator and T. columbianus, but variable in T. ellipticus and two subspecies of T. lateralis. Experiments using models of beetles indicated that visual stimuli can release a calling chirp response and an approach in both sexes, or a courtship sound and an approach in males. Results of experiments utilizing broadcasts of tape recorded signals established that Tropisternus can hear water-borne acoustic signals even though auditory receptors are as yet unknown in Coleoptera. Males of T. natator and T. lateralis nimbatus discriminated female calling chirps from other acoustic signals. Female calling chirps stimulated males to emit calling chirps, to cease feeding and begin swimming, and to approach models of beetles (searching behavior). Males of T. ellipticus and T. lateralis limbalis, species from populations in western Oregon, did not respond predictably to acoustic signals. T. natator and T. lateralis nimbatus, which responded to calling chirps, are from populations in southern Michigan, where four species of Tropisternus share breeding sites. In contrast, the three species in western Oregon probably breed in different microhabitats. The lack of mating interference between species in western Oregon may have allowed the loosening of stereotypy in courtship seen in T. ellipticus and the degeneration of the calling function of acoustic signals seen in T. ellipticus and T. lateralis limbalis. Title: The role of acoustical signals in the communicative behavior of the water scavenger beetles, Tropisternus (Coleoptera:hydrophilidae) Author: Ryker, Lee Chester The communicative behavior of five species and subspecies of Tropisternus Solier (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) was studied. These aquatic beetles have stress and calling chirps (both sexes), a second male calling signal (one species), a single male courtship sound (usually), a male copulatory sound, and a female aggressive rejection buzz (three species). Males utilize visual, not acoustical, clues to orient towards females at close range. Males court females with stereotyped movements, sounds, and tactile signals while positioned dorsally on the female. The role of chemical signals in recognition of sexual readiness, sex, or species remains unclear. A mark-release field study of T. ellipticus ruled out aggregation and territorial behavior as possible functions of acoustic signals. This species, at least, wanders freely and has no home range. Acoustic courtship signals were stereotyped, i.e., the same signal was always produced by males in particular positions of courtship, in T. natator and T. columbianus, but variable in T. ellipticus and two subspecies of T. lateralis. Experiments using models of beetles indicated that visual stimuli can release a calling chirp response and an approach in both sexes, or a courtship sound and an approach in males. Results of experiments utilizing broadcasts of tape recorded signals established that Tropisternus can hear water-borne acoustic signals even though auditory receptors are as yet unknown in Coleoptera. Males of T. natator and T. lateralis nimbatus discriminated female calling chirps from other acoustic signals. Female calling chirps stimulated males to emit calling chirps, to cease feeding and begin swimming, and to approach models of beetles (searching behavior). Males of T. ellipticus and T. lateralis limbalis, species from populations in western Oregon, did not respond predictably to acoustic signals. T. natator and T. lateralis nimbatus, which responded to calling chirps, are from populations in southern Michigan, where four species of Tropisternus share breeding sites. In contrast, the three species in western Oregon probably breed in different microhabitats. The lack of mating interference between species in western Oregon may have allowed the loosening of stereotypy in courtship seen in T. ellipticus and the degeneration of the calling function of acoustic signals seen in T. ellipticus and T. lateralis limbalis. Close

• 246. [Article] Identification and systematics of larvae of Artedius, Clinocottus, and Oligocottus (Scorpaeniformes:Cottidae)

  Complete, identified, developmental series of larval cottids Artedius fenestralis, A. creaseri, A. meanyi, Oligocottus snyderi, Clinocottus embryum, and C. globiceps are described for the first time. In ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Identification and systematics of larvae of Artedius, Clinocottus, and Oligocottus (Scorpaeniformes:Cottidae) Author: Washington, Betsy B. Complete, identified, developmental series of larval cottids Artedius fenestralis, A. creaseri, A. meanyi, Oligocottus snyderi, Clinocottus embryum, and C. globiceps are described for the first time. In addition, redescriptions of four species, Artedius harringtoni, A. lateralis, Oligocottus maculosus, and Clinocottus acuticeps are included that provide new and comparative information on larval development. Partial developmental series of two species, Artedius Type 3 and Clinocottus analis, are also described and illustrated for the first time. Using the methods of phylogenetic analysis proposed by Hennig (1966), characters of the larvae of 13 species of Artedius, Clinocottus, and Oligocottus are examined in terms of synapomorphic states. Number and pattern of preopercular spines, gut diverticula, body shape, and a bubble of skin at the nape are identified as synapomorphic characters useful in systematic analysis of this group. The synapomorphic character, multiple preopercular spines, provides strong evidence that Clinocottus acuticeps, C. analis, C. embryum, C. globiceps, C. recalvus, Oligocottus maculosus, 0. snyderi, Artedius fenestralis, A. harringtoni, A. lateralis, and A. Type 3 form a monophyletic group within the Cottidae. Within this group, the species of Clinocottus and Oligocottus are very closely related; however, each genus appears to be monophyletic. Larvae of all species of Clinocottus possess the synapomorphy, auxiliary preopercular spines. Larval Oligocottus maculosus and 0. snyderi share two derived characters, dorsal gut bumps and a bubble of skin at the nape. Artedius fenestralis, A. harringtoni, A. lateralis, and A. Type also form a monophyletic group closely related to Clinocottus and Oligocottus on the basis of a unique multiple preopercular spine pattern. Synapomorphic characters of the larvae provide strong evidence that A. creaseri and A. meanyi are more closely related to Icelinus than to species of Clinocottus, Oligocottus maculosus, O. snyderi, Artedius fenestralis, A. harringtoni, A. lateralis, and A. Type 3. Characters of the larvae strongly indicate that the genus Artedius as defined by Bolin (1934, 1947) is not monophyletic and that A. creaseri and A. meanyi should be placed separately from the other species of Artedius. Clarification of the exact position of these two species in relation to Icelinus and the Artedius-Clinocottus-Oligocottus group must await identification of larvae of all species of Icelinus and reexamination of characters of adult Icelinus and Artedius. Title: Identification and systematics of larvae of Artedius, Clinocottus, and Oligocottus (Scorpaeniformes:Cottidae) Author: Washington, Betsy B. Complete, identified, developmental series of larval cottids Artedius fenestralis, A. creaseri, A. meanyi, Oligocottus snyderi, Clinocottus embryum, and C. globiceps are described for the first time. In addition, redescriptions of four species, Artedius harringtoni, A. lateralis, Oligocottus maculosus, and Clinocottus acuticeps are included that provide new and comparative information on larval development. Partial developmental series of two species, Artedius Type 3 and Clinocottus analis, are also described and illustrated for the first time. Using the methods of phylogenetic analysis proposed by Hennig (1966), characters of the larvae of 13 species of Artedius, Clinocottus, and Oligocottus are examined in terms of synapomorphic states. Number and pattern of preopercular spines, gut diverticula, body shape, and a bubble of skin at the nape are identified as synapomorphic characters useful in systematic analysis of this group. The synapomorphic character, multiple preopercular spines, provides strong evidence that Clinocottus acuticeps, C. analis, C. embryum, C. globiceps, C. recalvus, Oligocottus maculosus, 0. snyderi, Artedius fenestralis, A. harringtoni, A. lateralis, and A. Type 3 form a monophyletic group within the Cottidae. Within this group, the species of Clinocottus and Oligocottus are very closely related; however, each genus appears to be monophyletic. Larvae of all species of Clinocottus possess the synapomorphy, auxiliary preopercular spines. Larval Oligocottus maculosus and 0. snyderi share two derived characters, dorsal gut bumps and a bubble of skin at the nape. Artedius fenestralis, A. harringtoni, A. lateralis, and A. Type also form a monophyletic group closely related to Clinocottus and Oligocottus on the basis of a unique multiple preopercular spine pattern. Synapomorphic characters of the larvae provide strong evidence that A. creaseri and A. meanyi are more closely related to Icelinus than to species of Clinocottus, Oligocottus maculosus, O. snyderi, Artedius fenestralis, A. harringtoni, A. lateralis, and A. Type 3. Characters of the larvae strongly indicate that the genus Artedius as defined by Bolin (1934, 1947) is not monophyletic and that A. creaseri and A. meanyi should be placed separately from the other species of Artedius. Clarification of the exact position of these two species in relation to Icelinus and the Artedius-Clinocottus-Oligocottus group must await identification of larvae of all species of Icelinus and reexamination of characters of adult Icelinus and Artedius. Close

• 247. [Article] A taxonomic and ecologic comparison of the floras of Iron and Fairview Mountains in Oregon

  Many topographic units in the state of Oregon have been only partially explored botanically and very few areas have been collected intensively. Two such areas were selected and a detailed investigation ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: A taxonomic and ecologic comparison of the floras of Iron and Fairview Mountains in Oregon Author: Baker, William Hudson, 1911- Many topographic units in the state of Oregon have been only partially explored botanically and very few areas have been collected intensively. Two such areas were selected and a detailed investigation was made of the vegetation. Fairview Mountain and Iron Mountain are strategically located geographically and climatically. The former in a region where certain southern species find their northern limit and several species their southern limit. The latter is situated in an area high in endemic species and long considered the last out-post in Oregon of a predominantly Californian flora. Three of the Merriam life zones are recognized on Fairview Mountain, the Hudsonian, Canadian, and Transition. Only two life zones are acknowledged on Iron Mountain, the Canadian and Transition. The flora of Fairview Mountain consists of species representing three different floral provinces. These can be divided into the Northern element, Southern element, and Eastern element. The Northern element is predominant, equaling 14%; while the Southern and Eastern element each equal 8%. The class of plants which have a continuous range in three directions, equals 70% of the species. The plants of Iron Mountain are made up mostly of species coming from two different floral provinces, the Northern element and the Southern element. Another small segment of the population consists of the endemic species. The Eastern element comprises only 2%. By far the largest group of plants represents the Southern element with 20% of the total flora. The Northern element equals 3%. The plants which have a continuous range in 3 directions equal 72%. The plants adventive to Fairview Mountain equal 5%, which is below the average for the state of Oregon. The introduced plants of Iron Mountain consist of 10% of the total flora, which is equal to the state average. The Biological Spectrum was determined for both mountains according to the Raunkiaer Method. These spectra were in turn compared with each other, and with other regions in the north-west to obtain a statistical measurement of climate based on the plant life. The climate of both mountains is predominantly cryptophytic and hemi-cryptophytic. It was found in making a comparison of Iron Mountain and Fairview Mountain that the former had a reduction of 7% in hemicryptophytes and cryptophytes; a 3% increase in phanerophytes and a 1% increase in therophytes. This indicates the influence of a modified coastal climate due to proximity of the ocean. For a number of species in the flora of both mountains, the present study revealed extensions in range. These species, for the most part, have entered the region from typically different floral provinces. New distributional records for Fairview Mountain total 15%. New distributional records for Iron Mountain total 14%. The flora of Fairview Mountain includes 315 species of plants of which 95% appear to be indigenous. The flora of Iron Mountain consists of 300 species and varieties of plants, 90% of which are native. The annotated catalogues of the plants of both mountains indicate that the two mountains exhibit a significantly diverse flora within the comparatively narrow limits of the areas to which this investigation was confined. The flora of each mountain represented 10% of the total flora of the state and from 43 to 50% of the families listed for the state were represented. Polygonum cascadense was described as new from Fairview Mountain. It belongs to the subgenus Avicularia of the family Polygonaceae. The study was based on extensive field collections made over a period of years by the author; and upon published data, the latter consisting largely of general or casual comments of little definitive value. Keys to the families, genera and species were prepared and the plants are listed in the catalogue with notes on abundance, range, and habitat of the various species. The zonal distribution and life form of each plant is also given. Title: A taxonomic and ecologic comparison of the floras of Iron and Fairview Mountains in Oregon Author: Baker, William Hudson, 1911- Many topographic units in the state of Oregon have been only partially explored botanically and very few areas have been collected intensively. Two such areas were selected and a detailed investigation was made of the vegetation. Fairview Mountain and Iron Mountain are strategically located geographically and climatically. The former in a region where certain southern species find their northern limit and several species their southern limit. The latter is situated in an area high in endemic species and long considered the last out-post in Oregon of a predominantly Californian flora. Three of the Merriam life zones are recognized on Fairview Mountain, the Hudsonian, Canadian, and Transition. Only two life zones are acknowledged on Iron Mountain, the Canadian and Transition. The flora of Fairview Mountain consists of species representing three different floral provinces. These can be divided into the Northern element, Southern element, and Eastern element. The Northern element is predominant, equaling 14%; while the Southern and Eastern element each equal 8%. The class of plants which have a continuous range in three directions, equals 70% of the species. The plants of Iron Mountain are made up mostly of species coming from two different floral provinces, the Northern element and the Southern element. Another small segment of the population consists of the endemic species. The Eastern element comprises only 2%. By far the largest group of plants represents the Southern element with 20% of the total flora. The Northern element equals 3%. The plants which have a continuous range in 3 directions equal 72%. The plants adventive to Fairview Mountain equal 5%, which is below the average for the state of Oregon. The introduced plants of Iron Mountain consist of 10% of the total flora, which is equal to the state average. The Biological Spectrum was determined for both mountains according to the Raunkiaer Method. These spectra were in turn compared with each other, and with other regions in the north-west to obtain a statistical measurement of climate based on the plant life. The climate of both mountains is predominantly cryptophytic and hemi-cryptophytic. It was found in making a comparison of Iron Mountain and Fairview Mountain that the former had a reduction of 7% in hemicryptophytes and cryptophytes; a 3% increase in phanerophytes and a 1% increase in therophytes. This indicates the influence of a modified coastal climate due to proximity of the ocean. For a number of species in the flora of both mountains, the present study revealed extensions in range. These species, for the most part, have entered the region from typically different floral provinces. New distributional records for Fairview Mountain total 15%. New distributional records for Iron Mountain total 14%. The flora of Fairview Mountain includes 315 species of plants of which 95% appear to be indigenous. The flora of Iron Mountain consists of 300 species and varieties of plants, 90% of which are native. The annotated catalogues of the plants of both mountains indicate that the two mountains exhibit a significantly diverse flora within the comparatively narrow limits of the areas to which this investigation was confined. The flora of each mountain represented 10% of the total flora of the state and from 43 to 50% of the families listed for the state were represented. Polygonum cascadense was described as new from Fairview Mountain. It belongs to the subgenus Avicularia of the family Polygonaceae. The study was based on extensive field collections made over a period of years by the author; and upon published data, the latter consisting largely of general or casual comments of little definitive value. Keys to the families, genera and species were prepared and the plants are listed in the catalogue with notes on abundance, range, and habitat of the various species. The zonal distribution and life form of each plant is also given. Close

• 248. [Article] Habitat associations and life histories of odonata in riverine wetlands of the Willamette Valley, Oregon

  This thesis explored the distributions and life histories of dragonflies and damselflies (Insecta: Odonata) of the riverine wetlands of the Willamette Valley in western Oregon, USA. Odonate species distributions ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Habitat associations and life histories of odonata in riverine wetlands of the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Beatty, Christopher D. This thesis explored the distributions and life histories of dragonflies and damselflies (Insecta: Odonata) of the riverine wetlands of the Willamette Valley in western Oregon, USA. Odonate species distributions were characterized over two seasons in the autumn of 2000 and the spring of 2001-at twenty-seven wetlands located throughout the valley. Distributions of nymphs and adults were compared with wetland habitat conditions that may affect odonate diversity. Odonate nymph and adult distributions were analyzed through Hierarchical Agglomerative cluster analysis (HA). HA identified discrete clusters of sites based on the distributions of species in the genera Aeshna, Erythemis, Lestes, Libellula, Pachydiplax, Sympetrum and Tramea. To identify habitat associations with odonate species, nymph and adult data were analyzed by Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling (NMS). NMS revealed that odonate distributions are associated with site hydrology, water depth and temperature, the presence of large emergent plants (e.g. Typha latifolia), the presence of fish, and surrounding landcover. These data will provide guidance for wetland managers in the use of odonates as indicators of wetland health. To further examine the relationship between odonate species and their wetland habitats, quantitative life history data for the 27 odonate species were analyzed to determine functional associations between species attributes and the environments in which they are found. Oviposition location, presence of a resting egg, over-wintering life stage, nymphal foraging strategy and adult flight season were subjected to NMS, to determine biological similarities between species occupying particular locations. Life history patterns correlated strongly with hydrology. Analysis of sites by odonate species ricimess found a relationship between richness and site hydrology, but failed to explain the distribution of several species associated with wetlands that dry during part of the year. We conclude from our results that species-level life history data are essential for explaining odonate distributions. We determined that the presence of odonate species in a wetland is indicative of habitat condition, that analysis of odonate distributions at the species level is necessary to understand habitat associations, and that analysis of life-history attributes provides a functional understanding of odonate distributions that measurements of species richness or the distributions of generaor families alone cannot explain. Title: Habitat associations and life histories of odonata in riverine wetlands of the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Beatty, Christopher D. This thesis explored the distributions and life histories of dragonflies and damselflies (Insecta: Odonata) of the riverine wetlands of the Willamette Valley in western Oregon, USA. Odonate species distributions were characterized over two seasons in the autumn of 2000 and the spring of 2001-at twenty-seven wetlands located throughout the valley. Distributions of nymphs and adults were compared with wetland habitat conditions that may affect odonate diversity. Odonate nymph and adult distributions were analyzed through Hierarchical Agglomerative cluster analysis (HA). HA identified discrete clusters of sites based on the distributions of species in the genera Aeshna, Erythemis, Lestes, Libellula, Pachydiplax, Sympetrum and Tramea. To identify habitat associations with odonate species, nymph and adult data were analyzed by Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling (NMS). NMS revealed that odonate distributions are associated with site hydrology, water depth and temperature, the presence of large emergent plants (e.g. Typha latifolia), the presence of fish, and surrounding landcover. These data will provide guidance for wetland managers in the use of odonates as indicators of wetland health. To further examine the relationship between odonate species and their wetland habitats, quantitative life history data for the 27 odonate species were analyzed to determine functional associations between species attributes and the environments in which they are found. Oviposition location, presence of a resting egg, over-wintering life stage, nymphal foraging strategy and adult flight season were subjected to NMS, to determine biological similarities between species occupying particular locations. Life history patterns correlated strongly with hydrology. Analysis of sites by odonate species ricimess found a relationship between richness and site hydrology, but failed to explain the distribution of several species associated with wetlands that dry during part of the year. We conclude from our results that species-level life history data are essential for explaining odonate distributions. We determined that the presence of odonate species in a wetland is indicative of habitat condition, that analysis of odonate distributions at the species level is necessary to understand habitat associations, and that analysis of life-history attributes provides a functional understanding of odonate distributions that measurements of species richness or the distributions of generaor families alone cannot explain. Close

• 249. [Article] An analysis of Pteropus livingstonii roost habitat: Indicators for forest conservation on Anjouan and Moheli

  Livingstone's fruit bat (Pteropus livingstonii) is an endangered and endemic species found only on the islands of Anjouan and Mohéli, Comoros. A study was conducted into the habitats selected by P. livingstonii, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An analysis of Pteropus livingstonii roost habitat: Indicators for forest conservation on Anjouan and Moheli Author: Granek, Elise F. Year: 2000 Livingstone's fruit bat (Pteropus livingstonii) is an endangered and endemic species found only on the islands of Anjouan and Mohéli, Comoros. A study was conducted into the habitats selected by P. livingstonii, as part of a project to assess areas for nature reserves which will be able to protect and conserve forest resources in the islands; the bat is postulated to be a useful indicator of undisturbed forest. Known roost sites (n=9) before the survey were between 500 and 1100 m altitude, on steeply sloping land, with some indigenous forest cover present. Thirteen new potential roost sites were identified, of which at least six were confirmed as roost sites for P. livingstonii. Bats showed positive associations with two tree species: Gambeya sp. and Nuxia pseudodentata. The study also investigated the participation by local village communities in monitoring bat populations, and the protection of roost sites. Title: An analysis of Pteropus livingstonii roost habitat: Indicators for forest conservation on Anjouan and Moheli Author: Granek, Elise F. Year: 2000 Livingstone's fruit bat (Pteropus livingstonii) is an endangered and endemic species found only on the islands of Anjouan and Mohéli, Comoros. A study was conducted into the habitats selected by P. livingstonii, as part of a project to assess areas for nature reserves which will be able to protect and conserve forest resources in the islands; the bat is postulated to be a useful indicator of undisturbed forest. Known roost sites (n=9) before the survey were between 500 and 1100 m altitude, on steeply sloping land, with some indigenous forest cover present. Thirteen new potential roost sites were identified, of which at least six were confirmed as roost sites for P. livingstonii. Bats showed positive associations with two tree species: Gambeya sp. and Nuxia pseudodentata. The study also investigated the participation by local village communities in monitoring bat populations, and the protection of roost sites. Close

• 250. [Article] Crown structure, stand dynamics, and production ecology of two species mixtures in the central Oregon Cascades

  Knowledge of stand structure, stand dynamics, and production ecology of species mixtures lags well behind that of single-species, even-aged stands. Two mixed-species spacing trials in central Oregon allowed ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Crown structure, stand dynamics, and production ecology of two species mixtures in the central Oregon Cascades Author: Garber, Sean M. Knowledge of stand structure, stand dynamics, and production ecology of species mixtures lags well behind that of single-species, even-aged stands. Two mixed-species spacing trials in central Oregon allowed investigation of mixed-species dynamics in a controlled experimental setting. The first site, Pringle Butte, is a mixture of ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa Dougl. ex Laws.) and lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta Dougl. ex Loud.). The second site, Lookout Mountain, is a mixture of ponderosa pine and grand fir (Abies grandis (Dougl. ex D. Don) Lindl.). Both studies were planted in the early 1970's and established as replacement series under a split-plot design with spacing as the whole plot factor and species composition as the split-plot factor. Plot data have been collected since 1975. In the summer of 2001, 95 trees outside the plots were destructively sampled and 114 plots were intensively sampled. From these data the following were developed and assessed: (i) volume growth dynamics; (ii) models predicting individual tree vertical foliage distributions; (iii) models describing the profile of maximum branch diameter within a tree; and (iv) volume growth efficiency. In both studies, the least shade tolerant species had the fastest early growth rates. Over time, volume development depended on both spacing and composition; P. ponderosa was able to catch up with P. contorta within the mixtures and between the pure plots at Pringle Butte, whereas A. grandis still lags behind P. ponderosa, although its relative contribution increases with increasing spacing at Lookout Mountain. Relative yields of mixtures were greater than one, but significantly so only in the A. grandis - P. ponderosa mixtures. Branch leaf area equations indicate that, given branch diameter, position in the crown is an important factor in estimating leaf area. Tree leaf area was best predicted by the product of tree basal area and the ratio of crown length above breast height, a surrogate for sapwood area at crown base. Branch- and tree-level predictions differed significantly between sites for P. ponderosa. Relative vertical foliage distribution on individual trees of both A. grandis and P. ponderosa shifted up with an decrease in relative height, while increased spacing resulted in a downward shift in relative foliage distribution on P. ponderosa at Lookout Mountain. Spacing and competing species also affected absolute foliage distributions in a manner consistent with expected influence on crown length. For all species and spacings, profiles of maximum branch diameter were curvilinear, decreasing near the crown base. Tree variables such as diameter, height, and crown length were able to account for spacing. The effect of species composition on branch profiles was more difficult to assess. Profiles of maximum branch diameter increase with increasing spacing and tree relative height, but the effects of species composition depended on spacing in all species. More pronounced increases in maximum branch diameter profiles with increasing relative height within the crown were found in the subordinate species in mixtures than in adjacent pure plots and in its overtopping competitor. In contrast, the overtopping species had a larger spacing response in the pure plots than in mixed plots. The ratio of leaf biomass to crown biomass decreased with increasing spacing, but was also influenced by species composition. Growth efficiency decreased with increasing spacing, except in Abies grandis, which peaked at the intermediate spacing. Results suggest that plot growth efficiency peaks at intermediate densities depending on composition. At wider spacings, growth efficiency appears to be limited by greater allocation of carbon to branches for both construction and maintenance respiration. At tighter spacings, growth efficiency appears to be limited by competition among individuals, reducing resources per individual and promoting differentiation. In dense, differentiated stands, the poorest individuals contribute leaf area but little growth, reducing stand growth efficiency. Spacing and species composition play an important role in stand development and resulting crown structure. Mixtures can produce a more diverse array of stand structures and yield similar if not more volume than pure stands of the higher yielding species. Management of mixed-species stands must take into account the interactions between spacing and species' growth dynamics, but this same interaction opens possibilities for a wide variety of stand structures for a given species composition. Title: Crown structure, stand dynamics, and production ecology of two species mixtures in the central Oregon Cascades Author: Garber, Sean M. Knowledge of stand structure, stand dynamics, and production ecology of species mixtures lags well behind that of single-species, even-aged stands. Two mixed-species spacing trials in central Oregon allowed investigation of mixed-species dynamics in a controlled experimental setting. The first site, Pringle Butte, is a mixture of ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa Dougl. ex Laws.) and lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta Dougl. ex Loud.). The second site, Lookout Mountain, is a mixture of ponderosa pine and grand fir (Abies grandis (Dougl. ex D. Don) Lindl.). Both studies were planted in the early 1970's and established as replacement series under a split-plot design with spacing as the whole plot factor and species composition as the split-plot factor. Plot data have been collected since 1975. In the summer of 2001, 95 trees outside the plots were destructively sampled and 114 plots were intensively sampled. From these data the following were developed and assessed: (i) volume growth dynamics; (ii) models predicting individual tree vertical foliage distributions; (iii) models describing the profile of maximum branch diameter within a tree; and (iv) volume growth efficiency. In both studies, the least shade tolerant species had the fastest early growth rates. Over time, volume development depended on both spacing and composition; P. ponderosa was able to catch up with P. contorta within the mixtures and between the pure plots at Pringle Butte, whereas A. grandis still lags behind P. ponderosa, although its relative contribution increases with increasing spacing at Lookout Mountain. Relative yields of mixtures were greater than one, but significantly so only in the A. grandis - P. ponderosa mixtures. Branch leaf area equations indicate that, given branch diameter, position in the crown is an important factor in estimating leaf area. Tree leaf area was best predicted by the product of tree basal area and the ratio of crown length above breast height, a surrogate for sapwood area at crown base. Branch- and tree-level predictions differed significantly between sites for P. ponderosa. Relative vertical foliage distribution on individual trees of both A. grandis and P. ponderosa shifted up with an decrease in relative height, while increased spacing resulted in a downward shift in relative foliage distribution on P. ponderosa at Lookout Mountain. Spacing and competing species also affected absolute foliage distributions in a manner consistent with expected influence on crown length. For all species and spacings, profiles of maximum branch diameter were curvilinear, decreasing near the crown base. Tree variables such as diameter, height, and crown length were able to account for spacing. The effect of species composition on branch profiles was more difficult to assess. Profiles of maximum branch diameter increase with increasing spacing and tree relative height, but the effects of species composition depended on spacing in all species. More pronounced increases in maximum branch diameter profiles with increasing relative height within the crown were found in the subordinate species in mixtures than in adjacent pure plots and in its overtopping competitor. In contrast, the overtopping species had a larger spacing response in the pure plots than in mixed plots. The ratio of leaf biomass to crown biomass decreased with increasing spacing, but was also influenced by species composition. Growth efficiency decreased with increasing spacing, except in Abies grandis, which peaked at the intermediate spacing. Results suggest that plot growth efficiency peaks at intermediate densities depending on composition. At wider spacings, growth efficiency appears to be limited by greater allocation of carbon to branches for both construction and maintenance respiration. At tighter spacings, growth efficiency appears to be limited by competition among individuals, reducing resources per individual and promoting differentiation. In dense, differentiated stands, the poorest individuals contribute leaf area but little growth, reducing stand growth efficiency. Spacing and species composition play an important role in stand development and resulting crown structure. Mixtures can produce a more diverse array of stand structures and yield similar if not more volume than pure stands of the higher yielding species. Management of mixed-species stands must take into account the interactions between spacing and species' growth dynamics, but this same interaction opens possibilities for a wide variety of stand structures for a given species composition. Close

• 251. [Article] Performance of Willamette Valley native plants following herbicide exposure

  Prairies were once the dominant vegetation type in Oregon's Willamette Valley. Land use conversion, fire suppression, succession, and invasive species have reduced Willamette Valley prairies to less than ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Performance of Willamette Valley native plants following herbicide exposure Author: Blakeley-Smith, Matthew R. Prairies were once the dominant vegetation type in Oregon's Willamette Valley. Land use conversion, fire suppression, succession, and invasive species have reduced Willamette Valley prairies to less than 1% of their historical area. The remnant prairies that persist today are small in size and are highly fragmented. Marginal strips of habitat along roadsides and agricultural fields play an important role as refugia for native species and provide important resources for wildlife. These seemingly insignificant habitat units may also play an important role in facilitating gene flow between disjunct populations of prairie plants, thus reducing the potential for the negative effects of inbreeding depression. Presently, much of the land area in the Willamette Valley is dedicated to commercial agricultural which is heavily reliant on herbicides for weed control and field preparation. Since herbicide applications are imprecise and prone to drift, there is potential to impact the native plants surrounding these agricultural fields. Current EPA methods for assessing the ecological effects of herbicides may not be robust enough to account for potential impacts on native plants since the suggested test species are ten annual agricultural crops. To address the need for improved phytotoxicity testing protocols, we incorporated non-crop plant species into the EPA vegetative vigor test methodology for use in determining effects of low concentrations of chemical herbicides on Willamette Valley terrestrial plants. A separate experiment was conducted in order to determine how herbicides might be used to restore Butterfly Meadows, a degraded Willamette Valley prairie. The specific objective of this study were to: 1.) determine which herbicide treatments were most effective at reducing dominance of an invasive species, Brachypodium sylvaticum, 2.) determine if native species declined following herbicide treatments, and 3.) describe the compositional changes in the plant communities over a four-year period. The EPA vegetative vigor test study showed that there was a wide variety of responses among 17 species (14 native and 3 introduced) to each herbicide tested (glyphosate, tribenuron, and fluazifop). For glyphosate, Potentilla gracilis was the most sensitive species based on an EC25 value of 0.012 x f.a.r. for dry weight; while Bromus carinatus, Clarkia amoena, Gilia capitata, and Lupinus albicaulis were tolerant to glyphosate as indicated by no effect on dry weight. Seven Willamette Valley forb species were sensitive to tribenuron based on EC25 values ranging from 0.001 to 0.012 x f.a.r.; Clarkia amoena, Collinsia grandflora, Leucanthemum vulgare, Potentilla gracilis, Prunella vulgaris, Ranunculus occidentalis and Sanquisorba occidentalis. Six grass species and Eriophyllum lanatum were resistant to tribenuron showing no reduction in dry weight. Fluazifop primarily affected grass species as expected due to the grass-specific activity for this herbicide. Two native grasses, Elymus trachycaulus and Danthonia californica were the most sensitive to fluazifop, based on low EC25 values of 0.002 to 0.010 x f.a.r. A native fescue grass, Festuca roemeri, and nearly all the forb species were resistant to fluazifop, showing no response at any herbicide rate applied. The results from this research will be useful as background information for evaluating potential modifications in the EPA's Vegetative Vigor Test to assess the risk of herbicides to non-target plants. Seven different herbicide combinations were effective at reducing the cover of Brachypodium sylvaticum in test plots at Butterfly Meadows one year after treatment. The reduction of B. sylvaticum was short lived however, since the cover of this grass species was not different from control plots during the second growing season. Native plant species were not negatively impacted by the herbicide treatments, as shown by MRPP analysis. Successional trajectories illustrate that control plots that were dominated by B. sylvaticum remained relatively unchanged over the course of four years. Some treatments exhibited a sharp decline in dominance by graminoids after the first year, a recovery the second year, but never returned exactly to their pretreatment community composition after the third year. The reduction of the dominant species after the first growing season was associated with colonization by a number of introduced species into the newly created open habitat. Over the same period there was no overall increase in native species cover, suggesting that the native species at this site may be recruitment limited. Future restoration activities at this site should include multiple years of B. sylvaticum control, with special attention to the seed bank and tolerant individuals. Seed additions of native species may help fill empty niches and afford resistance to invasion by introduced species. Title: Performance of Willamette Valley native plants following herbicide exposure Author: Blakeley-Smith, Matthew R. Prairies were once the dominant vegetation type in Oregon's Willamette Valley. Land use conversion, fire suppression, succession, and invasive species have reduced Willamette Valley prairies to less than 1% of their historical area. The remnant prairies that persist today are small in size and are highly fragmented. Marginal strips of habitat along roadsides and agricultural fields play an important role as refugia for native species and provide important resources for wildlife. These seemingly insignificant habitat units may also play an important role in facilitating gene flow between disjunct populations of prairie plants, thus reducing the potential for the negative effects of inbreeding depression. Presently, much of the land area in the Willamette Valley is dedicated to commercial agricultural which is heavily reliant on herbicides for weed control and field preparation. Since herbicide applications are imprecise and prone to drift, there is potential to impact the native plants surrounding these agricultural fields. Current EPA methods for assessing the ecological effects of herbicides may not be robust enough to account for potential impacts on native plants since the suggested test species are ten annual agricultural crops. To address the need for improved phytotoxicity testing protocols, we incorporated non-crop plant species into the EPA vegetative vigor test methodology for use in determining effects of low concentrations of chemical herbicides on Willamette Valley terrestrial plants. A separate experiment was conducted in order to determine how herbicides might be used to restore Butterfly Meadows, a degraded Willamette Valley prairie. The specific objective of this study were to: 1.) determine which herbicide treatments were most effective at reducing dominance of an invasive species, Brachypodium sylvaticum, 2.) determine if native species declined following herbicide treatments, and 3.) describe the compositional changes in the plant communities over a four-year period. The EPA vegetative vigor test study showed that there was a wide variety of responses among 17 species (14 native and 3 introduced) to each herbicide tested (glyphosate, tribenuron, and fluazifop). For glyphosate, Potentilla gracilis was the most sensitive species based on an EC25 value of 0.012 x f.a.r. for dry weight; while Bromus carinatus, Clarkia amoena, Gilia capitata, and Lupinus albicaulis were tolerant to glyphosate as indicated by no effect on dry weight. Seven Willamette Valley forb species were sensitive to tribenuron based on EC25 values ranging from 0.001 to 0.012 x f.a.r.; Clarkia amoena, Collinsia grandflora, Leucanthemum vulgare, Potentilla gracilis, Prunella vulgaris, Ranunculus occidentalis and Sanquisorba occidentalis. Six grass species and Eriophyllum lanatum were resistant to tribenuron showing no reduction in dry weight. Fluazifop primarily affected grass species as expected due to the grass-specific activity for this herbicide. Two native grasses, Elymus trachycaulus and Danthonia californica were the most sensitive to fluazifop, based on low EC25 values of 0.002 to 0.010 x f.a.r. A native fescue grass, Festuca roemeri, and nearly all the forb species were resistant to fluazifop, showing no response at any herbicide rate applied. The results from this research will be useful as background information for evaluating potential modifications in the EPA's Vegetative Vigor Test to assess the risk of herbicides to non-target plants. Seven different herbicide combinations were effective at reducing the cover of Brachypodium sylvaticum in test plots at Butterfly Meadows one year after treatment. The reduction of B. sylvaticum was short lived however, since the cover of this grass species was not different from control plots during the second growing season. Native plant species were not negatively impacted by the herbicide treatments, as shown by MRPP analysis. Successional trajectories illustrate that control plots that were dominated by B. sylvaticum remained relatively unchanged over the course of four years. Some treatments exhibited a sharp decline in dominance by graminoids after the first year, a recovery the second year, but never returned exactly to their pretreatment community composition after the third year. The reduction of the dominant species after the first growing season was associated with colonization by a number of introduced species into the newly created open habitat. Over the same period there was no overall increase in native species cover, suggesting that the native species at this site may be recruitment limited. Future restoration activities at this site should include multiple years of B. sylvaticum control, with special attention to the seed bank and tolerant individuals. Seed additions of native species may help fill empty niches and afford resistance to invasion by introduced species. Close

• 252. [Article] Interactive influences of wildfire and nonnative species on plant community succession in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park

  The role of fire as a natural disturbance, its interactions with nonnative species and effects of repeated fires in the Hawaiian Islands have received little investigation. We are unsure of the role fire ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Interactive influences of wildfire and nonnative species on plant community succession in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park Author: Ainsworth, Alison The role of fire as a natural disturbance, its interactions with nonnative species and effects of repeated fires in the Hawaiian Islands have received little investigation. We are unsure of the role fire played in shaping forest structure and composition as well as affecting evolutionary processes of the native biota. Yet, many species do have adaptations that facilitate their capacity to establish, grow, reproduce, and persist on either the individual or the population level when fire occurs. The objectives of this study were to document individual survival and colonization of native Hawaiian species after fire and to examine the potential interactions of nonnative species and fire. Specifically, I hypothesized that (1) many native Hawaiian species would survive and or colonize the postfire environment because they are adapted to a wide array of disturbance events, (2) the interaction of fire and nonnative species would alter native plant community succession because fire would facilitate nonnative species invasions, and the presence of nonnative species would limit native species recovery, and (3) the occurrence of a second fire within one year would result in a more impoverished native flora because sprouts from native surviving trees would be killed by the second fire. To understand the role of fire in tropical forests of Hawaii and how forest species respond to fire, I established replicate plots (n=5) in burned and unburned areas in five vegetation communities along an elevation/community gradient in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. At lower elevations the sampled plant communities were two shrubdominated communities (Dodonaea viscosa/ Andropogon virginicus and Dodonaea/ Nephrolepis multiflora) and at higher elevations three forest communities (Metrosideros polymorpha/ Nephrolepis multiflora, Metrosideros/ Dicranopteris linearis, and Metrosideros/ Cibotium glaucum). Fires in all community types were stand-replacing, where >95% of the dominant native woody species were top-killed. Results from this study indicate that many native Hawaiian species had the capacity to survive fire vegetatively and/or established from seed in the postfire environment. Nineteen native tree, shrub and tree fern species survived fire primarily by sprouting from the base. Many of these species also established from seeds or spores postfire. Metrosideros, in particular, both exhibited widespread survival (>50%) primarily via basal sprouting and established from seed postfire. In addition, the effects of fire differed across species, populations and vegetation communities along the elevation gradient. Fire differentially affected the communities with greater differences in composition and structure observed in the three forest communities than the shrubdominated communities. In the forested communities, fire dramatically altered structure from a closed-canopy Metrosideros forest to shrub, fern and herb dominated sites. Understory cover differed between unburned and burned forest sites with reduced cover in the Nephrolepis and Dicranopteris forests and greater cover in the Cibotium forest. In the previously native-dominated Dicranopteris and Cibotium forest communities, nonnative species became increasingly abundant following fire suggesting that fire facilitated nonnative species invasion in these communities. The native fern Dicranopteris linearis was the most abundant understory species in the unburned sites, but nonnative ferns and vines dominated the understory in the burned sites postfire. Species richness, percent nonnative, and understory diversity were greater in the burned sites two years postfire than the unburned sites for each community. In contrast, in the Nephrolepis forest community the nonnative fern Nephrolepis multiflora dominated the understory (>50% cover) in both the unburned and burned sites. Metrosideros survival and recovery, quantified as basal sprout height, elliptical crown area and volume, differed among forest communities. Measures of sprout vigor were greatest two years following fire in the native Dicranopteris forest, where understory recovery was slowest presumably due to the thick litter layer that remained following fire acting as a barrier to understory colonization. Postfire vegetation composition and cover of the understory in the Nephrolepis and Cibotium forests was due largely to vigorous Nephrolepis multiflora sprouting and Paspalum conjugatum grass invasion, respectively. In addition, Cibotium glaucum tree ferns in the subcanopy tier had very high survival rates (>85%) and constitute a large portion of cover in the Cibotium forest community. Lower Metrosideros sprout growth rates in the Nephrolepis and Cibotium forest communities suggest that the high survival of tree ferns (Cibotium forest) and the rapid establishment of a nonnative-dominated understory (Nephrolepis and Cibotium forests) may be limiting Metrosideros tree recovery during early postfire succession. The occurrence of two fires in two years in some Dicranopteris and Cibotium forest communities dramatically increased mortality of Metrosideros. In the Dicranopteris community, 71% of Metrosideros trees survived a single fire, but only 22% survived repeated fires. Similarly in the Cibotium community, Metrosideros survival was reduced from 48% to 6% following repeated fires. Vegetative survival of the native tree fern Cibotium glaucum was also significantly reduced from 93% following a single fire to 56% following a second fire. Metrosideros seedling recruitment did not differ between forests that burned once and forests that burned twice. The composition of the understory in both of the sampled communities following repeated fires differed from that of forests that burned once and unburned control forests. Interestingly, the most abundant species in the understories following repeated fires were native sedges (Cyperus polystachyos) and shrubs (Pipturus albidus). However, these species are typically disturbance oriented short-lived species. Repeated fires resulted in lower Metrosideros survival, no significant increase in native tree seedling establishment, and rapid occupation native herbaceous and shrub species, all of which may delay, or even prevent, recovery to native forest dominance. Fire in the shrub-dominated communities, which were already heavily invaded by nonnative species, had little effect on vegetation composition and structure. These communities were previously modified by past fires (1972 and 1992) and nonnative grass (Andropogon virginicus) and fern (Nephrolepis multiflora) invasions. Notably absent from these communities were young native tree species suggesting that native forest recovery was not occurring. These communities demonstrate how nonnative species invasions coupled with repeated fires may alter successional trajectories such that native forest recovery is less likely. Title: Interactive influences of wildfire and nonnative species on plant community succession in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park Author: Ainsworth, Alison The role of fire as a natural disturbance, its interactions with nonnative species and effects of repeated fires in the Hawaiian Islands have received little investigation. We are unsure of the role fire played in shaping forest structure and composition as well as affecting evolutionary processes of the native biota. Yet, many species do have adaptations that facilitate their capacity to establish, grow, reproduce, and persist on either the individual or the population level when fire occurs. The objectives of this study were to document individual survival and colonization of native Hawaiian species after fire and to examine the potential interactions of nonnative species and fire. Specifically, I hypothesized that (1) many native Hawaiian species would survive and or colonize the postfire environment because they are adapted to a wide array of disturbance events, (2) the interaction of fire and nonnative species would alter native plant community succession because fire would facilitate nonnative species invasions, and the presence of nonnative species would limit native species recovery, and (3) the occurrence of a second fire within one year would result in a more impoverished native flora because sprouts from native surviving trees would be killed by the second fire. To understand the role of fire in tropical forests of Hawaii and how forest species respond to fire, I established replicate plots (n=5) in burned and unburned areas in five vegetation communities along an elevation/community gradient in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. At lower elevations the sampled plant communities were two shrubdominated communities (Dodonaea viscosa/ Andropogon virginicus and Dodonaea/ Nephrolepis multiflora) and at higher elevations three forest communities (Metrosideros polymorpha/ Nephrolepis multiflora, Metrosideros/ Dicranopteris linearis, and Metrosideros/ Cibotium glaucum). Fires in all community types were stand-replacing, where >95% of the dominant native woody species were top-killed. Results from this study indicate that many native Hawaiian species had the capacity to survive fire vegetatively and/or established from seed in the postfire environment. Nineteen native tree, shrub and tree fern species survived fire primarily by sprouting from the base. Many of these species also established from seeds or spores postfire. Metrosideros, in particular, both exhibited widespread survival (>50%) primarily via basal sprouting and established from seed postfire. In addition, the effects of fire differed across species, populations and vegetation communities along the elevation gradient. Fire differentially affected the communities with greater differences in composition and structure observed in the three forest communities than the shrubdominated communities. In the forested communities, fire dramatically altered structure from a closed-canopy Metrosideros forest to shrub, fern and herb dominated sites. Understory cover differed between unburned and burned forest sites with reduced cover in the Nephrolepis and Dicranopteris forests and greater cover in the Cibotium forest. In the previously native-dominated Dicranopteris and Cibotium forest communities, nonnative species became increasingly abundant following fire suggesting that fire facilitated nonnative species invasion in these communities. The native fern Dicranopteris linearis was the most abundant understory species in the unburned sites, but nonnative ferns and vines dominated the understory in the burned sites postfire. Species richness, percent nonnative, and understory diversity were greater in the burned sites two years postfire than the unburned sites for each community. In contrast, in the Nephrolepis forest community the nonnative fern Nephrolepis multiflora dominated the understory (>50% cover) in both the unburned and burned sites. Metrosideros survival and recovery, quantified as basal sprout height, elliptical crown area and volume, differed among forest communities. Measures of sprout vigor were greatest two years following fire in the native Dicranopteris forest, where understory recovery was slowest presumably due to the thick litter layer that remained following fire acting as a barrier to understory colonization. Postfire vegetation composition and cover of the understory in the Nephrolepis and Cibotium forests was due largely to vigorous Nephrolepis multiflora sprouting and Paspalum conjugatum grass invasion, respectively. In addition, Cibotium glaucum tree ferns in the subcanopy tier had very high survival rates (>85%) and constitute a large portion of cover in the Cibotium forest community. Lower Metrosideros sprout growth rates in the Nephrolepis and Cibotium forest communities suggest that the high survival of tree ferns (Cibotium forest) and the rapid establishment of a nonnative-dominated understory (Nephrolepis and Cibotium forests) may be limiting Metrosideros tree recovery during early postfire succession. The occurrence of two fires in two years in some Dicranopteris and Cibotium forest communities dramatically increased mortality of Metrosideros. In the Dicranopteris community, 71% of Metrosideros trees survived a single fire, but only 22% survived repeated fires. Similarly in the Cibotium community, Metrosideros survival was reduced from 48% to 6% following repeated fires. Vegetative survival of the native tree fern Cibotium glaucum was also significantly reduced from 93% following a single fire to 56% following a second fire. Metrosideros seedling recruitment did not differ between forests that burned once and forests that burned twice. The composition of the understory in both of the sampled communities following repeated fires differed from that of forests that burned once and unburned control forests. Interestingly, the most abundant species in the understories following repeated fires were native sedges (Cyperus polystachyos) and shrubs (Pipturus albidus). However, these species are typically disturbance oriented short-lived species. Repeated fires resulted in lower Metrosideros survival, no significant increase in native tree seedling establishment, and rapid occupation native herbaceous and shrub species, all of which may delay, or even prevent, recovery to native forest dominance. Fire in the shrub-dominated communities, which were already heavily invaded by nonnative species, had little effect on vegetation composition and structure. These communities were previously modified by past fires (1972 and 1992) and nonnative grass (Andropogon virginicus) and fern (Nephrolepis multiflora) invasions. Notably absent from these communities were young native tree species suggesting that native forest recovery was not occurring. These communities demonstrate how nonnative species invasions coupled with repeated fires may alter successional trajectories such that native forest recovery is less likely. Close

• 253. [Article] Infection of smallmouth bass and goldfish by two species of Saprolegnia

  This study consisted of several experiments designed to compare the ability of two species of fungi, Saprolegnia ferax and S. parasitica to grow on two species of fish, smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieui) ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Infection of smallmouth bass and goldfish by two species of Saprolegnia Author: McGinley, Cheryl A. Year: 1974 This study consisted of several experiments designed to compare the ability of two species of fungi, Saprolegnia ferax and S. parasitica to grow on two species of fish, smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieui) and goldfish (Carassius auratus), and to determine the criteria necessary for the development of these infections. The results indicate that water in the fish tanks must be slightly acid (pH 6), warm (22°C), nonmoving, and that the fish must be wounded in order for fungal infection to occur. Cool water (18°C) and moving water, caused by aeration and filtration, are detrimental to fungal colony formation so that no infection occurs. Both S. ferax and S. parasitica infected both species of fish, on an average of three days after innoculation. The S. ferax infected a higher percentage of both fishes than did the S. parasitica. The difference in susceptibility of the two fish species to the fungi was negligible. Title: Infection of smallmouth bass and goldfish by two species of Saprolegnia Author: McGinley, Cheryl A. Year: 1974 This study consisted of several experiments designed to compare the ability of two species of fungi, Saprolegnia ferax and S. parasitica to grow on two species of fish, smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieui) and goldfish (Carassius auratus), and to determine the criteria necessary for the development of these infections. The results indicate that water in the fish tanks must be slightly acid (pH 6), warm (22°C), nonmoving, and that the fish must be wounded in order for fungal infection to occur. Cool water (18°C) and moving water, caused by aeration and filtration, are detrimental to fungal colony formation so that no infection occurs. Both S. ferax and S. parasitica infected both species of fish, on an average of three days after innoculation. The S. ferax infected a higher percentage of both fishes than did the S. parasitica. The difference in susceptibility of the two fish species to the fungi was negligible. Close

• 254. [Article] An Empirical Investigation of Price-quantity Relations of the Quota Species of Australia s South East Fishery

  An inverse system framework is followed in this paper to analyse the process of price formation in the Sydney Fish Market for the quota species of Australia s South East Fishery. The log-linear version ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An Empirical Investigation of Price-quantity Relations of the Quota Species of Australia s South East Fishery Author: Bose, S. Year: 2001 An inverse system framework is followed in this paper to analyse the process of price formation in the Sydney Fish Market for the quota species of Australia s South East Fishery. The log-linear version is supported by the data and the system is estimated using the seemingly unrelated regression (SUR) technique. In all but one case, own-price flexibility coefficients were observed to satisfy the theoretical expectation of the general price-quantity relations and to be less than one in absolute value, which indicates an inflexibility of real wholesale prices to their corresponding quantities. It is also found that the majority (13 out of 16) of the quota species may be classified as normal goods. The impact of structural change in the fishery, as a result of the introduction of the quota system, on the prices of quota species is also examined, and it is observed that the quota management system has significantly affected the price of twelve out of the sixteen species. Title: An Empirical Investigation of Price-quantity Relations of the Quota Species of Australia s South East Fishery Author: Bose, S. Year: 2001 An inverse system framework is followed in this paper to analyse the process of price formation in the Sydney Fish Market for the quota species of Australia s South East Fishery. The log-linear version is supported by the data and the system is estimated using the seemingly unrelated regression (SUR) technique. In all but one case, own-price flexibility coefficients were observed to satisfy the theoretical expectation of the general price-quantity relations and to be less than one in absolute value, which indicates an inflexibility of real wholesale prices to their corresponding quantities. It is also found that the majority (13 out of 16) of the quota species may be classified as normal goods. The impact of structural change in the fishery, as a result of the introduction of the quota system, on the prices of quota species is also examined, and it is observed that the quota management system has significantly affected the price of twelve out of the sixteen species. Close

• 255. [Article] Spatial Integration of Freshwater Fish Markets in the Northern Baltic Sea Area

  Research Paper

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Spatial Integration of Freshwater Fish Markets in the Northern Baltic Sea Area Author: Honkanen, Asmo, Nielsen, Max, Virtanen, Jarno, Setala, Jari, Laitinen, Jukka, Saarni, Kaija Research Paper Title: Spatial Integration of Freshwater Fish Markets in the Northern Baltic Sea Area Author: Honkanen, Asmo, Nielsen, Max, Virtanen, Jarno, Setala, Jari, Laitinen, Jukka, Saarni, Kaija Research Paper Close

• 256. [Article] The Performance of Four Native Perennial Forb Species Along a Climate Gradient in Pacific Northwest Prairies

  To determine how Pacific Northwest prairies are influenced by local site factors versus. regional climate, we studied the reproduction, plant size, and density of sixteen natural populations of four perennial ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Performance of Four Native Perennial Forb Species Along a Climate Gradient in Pacific Northwest Prairies Author: Hendricks, Lauren Year: 2016 To determine how Pacific Northwest prairies are influenced by local site factors versus. regional climate, we studied the reproduction, plant size, and density of sixteen natural populations of four perennial forb species native to Pacific Northwest prairies: Ranunculus austro-oreganus, Sidalcea malviflora spp. virgata, Microseris laciniata, and Eriophyllum lanatum. These populations were distributed along a 700 kilometer latitudinal gradient from southern Oregon to Whidbey Island, Washington. We found significant differences in plant size and reproduction among populations for all species, but correlations among edaphic and climate variables and plant size and reproduction were weak. Instead, density was more strongly correlated with both edaphic and climate variables, suggesting that this is a better indicator of long-term demographic processes. Although a few factors are important across species (e.g., nutrient availability and minimum temperature), response is idiosyncratic at the individual species level in Pacific Northwest prairies. Title: The Performance of Four Native Perennial Forb Species Along a Climate Gradient in Pacific Northwest Prairies Author: Hendricks, Lauren Year: 2016 To determine how Pacific Northwest prairies are influenced by local site factors versus. regional climate, we studied the reproduction, plant size, and density of sixteen natural populations of four perennial forb species native to Pacific Northwest prairies: Ranunculus austro-oreganus, Sidalcea malviflora spp. virgata, Microseris laciniata, and Eriophyllum lanatum. These populations were distributed along a 700 kilometer latitudinal gradient from southern Oregon to Whidbey Island, Washington. We found significant differences in plant size and reproduction among populations for all species, but correlations among edaphic and climate variables and plant size and reproduction were weak. Instead, density was more strongly correlated with both edaphic and climate variables, suggesting that this is a better indicator of long-term demographic processes. Although a few factors are important across species (e.g., nutrient availability and minimum temperature), response is idiosyncratic at the individual species level in Pacific Northwest prairies. Close

• 257. [Article] Evolving Bycatch Risk in the Pacific Groundfish Trawl IFQ

  Catches of several potential choke species in the Pacific groundfish IFQ are highly uncertain and tend to be concentrated while quota is broadly distributed. An analysis prior to implementation of the ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Evolving Bycatch Risk in the Pacific Groundfish Trawl IFQ Author: Holland, Dan Catches of several potential choke species in the Pacific groundfish IFQ are highly uncertain and tend to be concentrated while quota is broadly distributed. An analysis prior to implementation of the IFQ suggested substantial risk of individual vessels accidentally exceeding quota allocations for several rockfish species and Pacific halibut. Many fishermen lacked confidence that they would be able to acquire quota on the market to cover incidental catch and consequently joined risk pools to mitigate this risk. I update the analysis of bycatch risk using tow level catch data since implementation of the IFQ. The analysis indicates that expected catch rates of most choke species have declined suggesting more effective bycatch avoidance behavior. However, there remains a significant risk that vessels’ catch of some choke species can be several times median quota allocations, in part because many vessels have increased catch and effort by leasing quota pounds, but quota share ownership has remained distributed. The results underscore the importance of an efficient quota market to redistribute quota to match realized catches, but a recent analysis suggests that the quota market is not distributing quota effectively and is subject to high transactions costs.  This provides and explanation for the persistence of risk pools despite the fact that aggregate catches of overfished rockfish species and Pacific halibut have remained well below total quotas.   Title: Evolving Bycatch Risk in the Pacific Groundfish Trawl IFQ Author: Holland, Dan Catches of several potential choke species in the Pacific groundfish IFQ are highly uncertain and tend to be concentrated while quota is broadly distributed. An analysis prior to implementation of the IFQ suggested substantial risk of individual vessels accidentally exceeding quota allocations for several rockfish species and Pacific halibut. Many fishermen lacked confidence that they would be able to acquire quota on the market to cover incidental catch and consequently joined risk pools to mitigate this risk. I update the analysis of bycatch risk using tow level catch data since implementation of the IFQ. The analysis indicates that expected catch rates of most choke species have declined suggesting more effective bycatch avoidance behavior. However, there remains a significant risk that vessels’ catch of some choke species can be several times median quota allocations, in part because many vessels have increased catch and effort by leasing quota pounds, but quota share ownership has remained distributed. The results underscore the importance of an efficient quota market to redistribute quota to match realized catches, but a recent analysis suggests that the quota market is not distributing quota effectively and is subject to high transactions costs.  This provides and explanation for the persistence of risk pools despite the fact that aggregate catches of overfished rockfish species and Pacific halibut have remained well below total quotas.   Close

• 258. [Article] Environmental variables as predictors of fish assemblages in the Tillamook Basin, Oregon

  The Tillamook and Kilchis subbasins of the Tillamook Bay watershed (Oregon Coast Range) have differences in geology and land use history and, therefore, varied environmental conditions that could affect ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Environmental variables as predictors of fish assemblages in the Tillamook Basin, Oregon Author: Rose, Cathleen E. The Tillamook and Kilchis subbasins of the Tillamook Bay watershed (Oregon Coast Range) have differences in geology and land use history and, therefore, varied environmental conditions that could affect fish assemblages. Fifty-two randomly selected wadeable stream reaches in these two subbasins were surveyed for stream habitat and fish assemblage composition during two summer field seasons. Data collected were used to identify environmental variables most associated with fish assemblages, determine major predictors of fish species relative abundance, and test for any differences in fish assemblages between the Tillamook and Kilchis subbasins and among three stream orders. Eleven fish species were encountered, including four salmonid species (Oncorhynchus spp.) and five species of sculpin (Cottus spp.). For three sites visited twice in both field seasons, variability in fish assemblages and environmental measurements between sample years and between early and late-summer visits to sites was low. Fish assemblages differed between the two subbasins. The assemblages in the Kilchis subbasin contained higher proportions of trout species, while the Tillamook subbasin assemblages contained higher proportions of sculpin species. A breakdown of fish assemblages by stream order showed that different fish species dominated the assemblages in different sized streams. With data from both subbasins combined, trout species composed a smaller proportion of the fish assemblages in larger streams, and sculpin species composition also varied with stream order. Results from non-metric multidimensional scaling ordinations indicated that substrate type, stream gradient, and variables related to stream size were the most highly correlated to fish species relative abundances. Multiple linear regression was used to assess the usefulness of an uncorrelated subset of the environmental variables as predictors of relative abundance of the six most common fish species. The environmental variables were good predictors of relative abundance for some species, but were less successful in predicting abundances of entirely anadromous species. These results provide valuable insight into fish-habitat relationships using a fish assemblage perspective and incorporating species, such as sculpins, for which there is little existing information. There has been recent interest in quantifying the effects of human land use on stream fish, and these data can be used in future studies to explore potential links between important environmental variables and land use practices. Title: Environmental variables as predictors of fish assemblages in the Tillamook Basin, Oregon Author: Rose, Cathleen E. The Tillamook and Kilchis subbasins of the Tillamook Bay watershed (Oregon Coast Range) have differences in geology and land use history and, therefore, varied environmental conditions that could affect fish assemblages. Fifty-two randomly selected wadeable stream reaches in these two subbasins were surveyed for stream habitat and fish assemblage composition during two summer field seasons. Data collected were used to identify environmental variables most associated with fish assemblages, determine major predictors of fish species relative abundance, and test for any differences in fish assemblages between the Tillamook and Kilchis subbasins and among three stream orders. Eleven fish species were encountered, including four salmonid species (Oncorhynchus spp.) and five species of sculpin (Cottus spp.). For three sites visited twice in both field seasons, variability in fish assemblages and environmental measurements between sample years and between early and late-summer visits to sites was low. Fish assemblages differed between the two subbasins. The assemblages in the Kilchis subbasin contained higher proportions of trout species, while the Tillamook subbasin assemblages contained higher proportions of sculpin species. A breakdown of fish assemblages by stream order showed that different fish species dominated the assemblages in different sized streams. With data from both subbasins combined, trout species composed a smaller proportion of the fish assemblages in larger streams, and sculpin species composition also varied with stream order. Results from non-metric multidimensional scaling ordinations indicated that substrate type, stream gradient, and variables related to stream size were the most highly correlated to fish species relative abundances. Multiple linear regression was used to assess the usefulness of an uncorrelated subset of the environmental variables as predictors of relative abundance of the six most common fish species. The environmental variables were good predictors of relative abundance for some species, but were less successful in predicting abundances of entirely anadromous species. These results provide valuable insight into fish-habitat relationships using a fish assemblage perspective and incorporating species, such as sculpins, for which there is little existing information. There has been recent interest in quantifying the effects of human land use on stream fish, and these data can be used in future studies to explore potential links between important environmental variables and land use practices. Close

• 259. [Article] Effects of weed control on vegetation dynamics in Pacific Northwest conifer plantations

  Weed control in Pacific Northwest forests has been criticized for its potential impact on biodiversity. Changes were evaluated in conifer growth, diversity of vegetation in situ and of recruiting plants ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Effects of weed control on vegetation dynamics in Pacific Northwest conifer plantations Author: Chen, Fen-Hui Weed control in Pacific Northwest forests has been criticized for its potential impact on biodiversity. Changes were evaluated in conifer growth, diversity of vegetation in situ and of recruiting plants through different regeneration mechanisms after applying temporally-varied weed control by herbicide treatments based on the critical period concept. Conifer size and vegetative surveys were conducted for up to four years post-treatment in four sites planted with four conifer species. Increasing volume, diameter, and height and decreasing height/diameter ratio for all conifer species with increasing years of weed control indicated that conifer seedling growth would benefit from longer weed control. Survival did not differ by herbicide treatment. Weed control caused up to a 90% decrease in total vegetation cover and significant decrease in plant diversity (species richness and Shannon's index) for all treatments. Total cover and plant diversity recovered steadily once herbicide application stopped. Species richness results of herbs, the dominant growth form, were similar to those of total species richness. However, shrub species richness usually did not vary by treatment. Our results suggested repeated herbicide application may be harmful to species richness of some families (e.g. Rosaceae) and native species. Therefore, forest managers should minimize the time period of repeated applications to reduce harming noncrop species. The abundance and species diversity of regenerating individuals from three regeneration mechanisms (seed bank, seed rain, and bud bank) were measured for up to three years post-treatment. Potential germinable seeds for the seed rain were the largest among mechanisms for all treatments. Herbicide application had significantly reduced the abundance for all mechanisms. Plant diversity results were similar to those of abundance but less significant. Nevertheless, treatment in the previous year usually had more influence on the results for seed bank and seed rain than in the sampling year, but bud bank results were affected mainly by treatment in the sampling year. More native species than exotic species were recorded within the same treatment for bud bank, but less native species for seed bank and seed rain. Both native and exotic species richness decreased after spray for all regeneration mechanisms. Title: Effects of weed control on vegetation dynamics in Pacific Northwest conifer plantations Author: Chen, Fen-Hui Weed control in Pacific Northwest forests has been criticized for its potential impact on biodiversity. Changes were evaluated in conifer growth, diversity of vegetation in situ and of recruiting plants through different regeneration mechanisms after applying temporally-varied weed control by herbicide treatments based on the critical period concept. Conifer size and vegetative surveys were conducted for up to four years post-treatment in four sites planted with four conifer species. Increasing volume, diameter, and height and decreasing height/diameter ratio for all conifer species with increasing years of weed control indicated that conifer seedling growth would benefit from longer weed control. Survival did not differ by herbicide treatment. Weed control caused up to a 90% decrease in total vegetation cover and significant decrease in plant diversity (species richness and Shannon's index) for all treatments. Total cover and plant diversity recovered steadily once herbicide application stopped. Species richness results of herbs, the dominant growth form, were similar to those of total species richness. However, shrub species richness usually did not vary by treatment. Our results suggested repeated herbicide application may be harmful to species richness of some families (e.g. Rosaceae) and native species. Therefore, forest managers should minimize the time period of repeated applications to reduce harming noncrop species. The abundance and species diversity of regenerating individuals from three regeneration mechanisms (seed bank, seed rain, and bud bank) were measured for up to three years post-treatment. Potential germinable seeds for the seed rain were the largest among mechanisms for all treatments. Herbicide application had significantly reduced the abundance for all mechanisms. Plant diversity results were similar to those of abundance but less significant. Nevertheless, treatment in the previous year usually had more influence on the results for seed bank and seed rain than in the sampling year, but bud bank results were affected mainly by treatment in the sampling year. More native species than exotic species were recorded within the same treatment for bud bank, but less native species for seed bank and seed rain. Both native and exotic species richness decreased after spray for all regeneration mechanisms. Close

• 260. [Article] The structure and development pattern of mixed-species forest stands in the interior cedar-hemlock zone : moist cold subzone of northwestern British Columbia

  A field study was established to explore stand structure and development patterns of mature, mixed-species forests in the Interior Cedar-Hemlock (ICH) zone: moist cold subzone of northwestern British Columbia. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The structure and development pattern of mixed-species forest stands in the interior cedar-hemlock zone : moist cold subzone of northwestern British Columbia Author: LePage, P. (Philip) A field study was established to explore stand structure and development patterns of mature, mixed-species forests in the Interior Cedar-Hemlock (ICH) zone: moist cold subzone of northwestern British Columbia. The species of interest in the study area were: western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg.), western redcedar (Thuja plicata Donn), lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta var. latifolia Engelm.), hybrid spruce (Picea glauca (Moench) Voss x sitchensis (Bong.) Carr.), subalpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt.), and paper birch (Betula papyrifera Marsh.). Eighty stand structure plots, 150 to 600 m² in size, were used to assess the species, size and age variation within the study area. Three representative plots, 1,000 m² in size, were then selected for destructive sampling. Stand reconstruction techniques were used to: 1) characterize the existing species, age and height / diameter structure, 2) describe and quantify the historical height development pattern, 3) describe the development stage and spatial pattern of the stand and it's different components and 4) determine the influence of the above characteristics on the current stand composition and structure. The study stand is 135 years old and originated after a stand destroying wild fire. The resulting mixed-species stand had a very long recruitment period and is currently near the end of the stem exclusion stage of development. Because of the variety of growth patterns exhibited by the different species, neither individual tree height nor diameter were good indicators of stand age structure. The age structure and stage of development were much better defined by direct measures of age, stand density, the diameter distribution / mortality relationship or the overall spatial pattern. Although partially influenced by age structure and spatial arrangement, the developmental pattern of the mixed-species stand was most strongly related to individual height growth characteristics and inter-tree competition. While lodgepole pine, hybrid spruce, western redcedar and paper birch developed in height along characteristically predictable lines, western hemlock exhibited a number of different growth patterns. Subalpine fir followed an atypical, aggressive height growth pattern, developing more like a pioneer species. The variety of height growth patterns frequently allowed younger trees to overtop older individuals, both within and between species. This resulted in numerous shifts in height dominance by different species during the first 80 years of stand development. Forest structure is intimately related to disturbance type and intensity, site quality and the availability of seed or propagules for regeneration. This study examined the structure and development pattern of one type of mixture of tree species common to the ICH zone of northwestern British Columbia. Any difference in the factors listed above would likely produce a different species mixture and therefore a different structure and development pattern. Because most silvicultural operations are tied to the different structures at various stages of stand development, a more complete understanding of these patterns will allow managers to better predict the growth impacts of a variety of treatments and work with, rather than against the natural system. Title: The structure and development pattern of mixed-species forest stands in the interior cedar-hemlock zone : moist cold subzone of northwestern British Columbia Author: LePage, P. (Philip) A field study was established to explore stand structure and development patterns of mature, mixed-species forests in the Interior Cedar-Hemlock (ICH) zone: moist cold subzone of northwestern British Columbia. The species of interest in the study area were: western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg.), western redcedar (Thuja plicata Donn), lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta var. latifolia Engelm.), hybrid spruce (Picea glauca (Moench) Voss x sitchensis (Bong.) Carr.), subalpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt.), and paper birch (Betula papyrifera Marsh.). Eighty stand structure plots, 150 to 600 m² in size, were used to assess the species, size and age variation within the study area. Three representative plots, 1,000 m² in size, were then selected for destructive sampling. Stand reconstruction techniques were used to: 1) characterize the existing species, age and height / diameter structure, 2) describe and quantify the historical height development pattern, 3) describe the development stage and spatial pattern of the stand and it's different components and 4) determine the influence of the above characteristics on the current stand composition and structure. The study stand is 135 years old and originated after a stand destroying wild fire. The resulting mixed-species stand had a very long recruitment period and is currently near the end of the stem exclusion stage of development. Because of the variety of growth patterns exhibited by the different species, neither individual tree height nor diameter were good indicators of stand age structure. The age structure and stage of development were much better defined by direct measures of age, stand density, the diameter distribution / mortality relationship or the overall spatial pattern. Although partially influenced by age structure and spatial arrangement, the developmental pattern of the mixed-species stand was most strongly related to individual height growth characteristics and inter-tree competition. While lodgepole pine, hybrid spruce, western redcedar and paper birch developed in height along characteristically predictable lines, western hemlock exhibited a number of different growth patterns. Subalpine fir followed an atypical, aggressive height growth pattern, developing more like a pioneer species. The variety of height growth patterns frequently allowed younger trees to overtop older individuals, both within and between species. This resulted in numerous shifts in height dominance by different species during the first 80 years of stand development. Forest structure is intimately related to disturbance type and intensity, site quality and the availability of seed or propagules for regeneration. This study examined the structure and development pattern of one type of mixture of tree species common to the ICH zone of northwestern British Columbia. Any difference in the factors listed above would likely produce a different species mixture and therefore a different structure and development pattern. Because most silvicultural operations are tied to the different structures at various stages of stand development, a more complete understanding of these patterns will allow managers to better predict the growth impacts of a variety of treatments and work with, rather than against the natural system. Close

• 261. [Article] Influences of island characteristics on community structure and species incidence of desert bats in a near-shore archipelago, Baja California, Mexico

  Island biogeography has strongly influenced the study of biodiversity because archipelagos provide natural model systems for investigating patterns of diversity and the processes that shape ecological ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Influences of island characteristics on community structure and species incidence of desert bats in a near-shore archipelago, Baja California, Mexico Author: Frick, Winifred F. Island biogeography has strongly influenced the study of biodiversity because archipelagos provide natural model systems for investigating patterns of diversity and the processes that shape ecological communities. I investigated the influence of area and isolation of islands (n = 32) in the Gulf of California, Mexico on patterns of richness, nestedness, and incidence of desert bats to determine factors important in shaping community structure and patterns of occurrence of bats in a naturally insular landscape. Species richness of bats was positively influenced by island size and declined with isolation from the Baja peninsula in two distinct subarchipelagos. Southern islands, which are associated with greater density of vegetation from summer rainfall, supported more species than dry, barren islands in the northern subarchipelago, suggesting that both area and habitat characteristics contribute to species richness of bats. Community composition of bats was nested by area and isolation, such that species found on smaller and more isolated islands were subsets of communities found on large, less isolated islands that harbored higher richness. The influences of area and isolation on community nestedness suggest species differ in immigration and persistence rates on islands. Bat communities were also nested at 27 sites in coastal habitat on the Baja peninsula, indicating that nestedness may occur in contiguous habitats that lack immigration and extinction filters. Probability of species occurrence on islands was influenced by area for five species of insectivorous bat (Pipistrellus hesperus, Myotis californicus, Macrotus californicus, Antrozous pallidus, and Mormoops megalophylla), suggesting occupancy of islands by these species is limited by resource requirements. The threshold of island size for occupancy of most species was ca. 100 ha, which is similar to area thresholds of incidence for many landbirds in the same archipelago. Isolation also influenced incidence of insectivorous bat species. My research shows that area and isolation influence both community structure and occupancy of bat species in a near-shore archipelago. My results raise important questions about connectivity and persistence of populations of bats in isolated habitats, especially when patch size is small. Title: Influences of island characteristics on community structure and species incidence of desert bats in a near-shore archipelago, Baja California, Mexico Author: Frick, Winifred F. Island biogeography has strongly influenced the study of biodiversity because archipelagos provide natural model systems for investigating patterns of diversity and the processes that shape ecological communities. I investigated the influence of area and isolation of islands (n = 32) in the Gulf of California, Mexico on patterns of richness, nestedness, and incidence of desert bats to determine factors important in shaping community structure and patterns of occurrence of bats in a naturally insular landscape. Species richness of bats was positively influenced by island size and declined with isolation from the Baja peninsula in two distinct subarchipelagos. Southern islands, which are associated with greater density of vegetation from summer rainfall, supported more species than dry, barren islands in the northern subarchipelago, suggesting that both area and habitat characteristics contribute to species richness of bats. Community composition of bats was nested by area and isolation, such that species found on smaller and more isolated islands were subsets of communities found on large, less isolated islands that harbored higher richness. The influences of area and isolation on community nestedness suggest species differ in immigration and persistence rates on islands. Bat communities were also nested at 27 sites in coastal habitat on the Baja peninsula, indicating that nestedness may occur in contiguous habitats that lack immigration and extinction filters. Probability of species occurrence on islands was influenced by area for five species of insectivorous bat (Pipistrellus hesperus, Myotis californicus, Macrotus californicus, Antrozous pallidus, and Mormoops megalophylla), suggesting occupancy of islands by these species is limited by resource requirements. The threshold of island size for occupancy of most species was ca. 100 ha, which is similar to area thresholds of incidence for many landbirds in the same archipelago. Isolation also influenced incidence of insectivorous bat species. My research shows that area and isolation influence both community structure and occupancy of bat species in a near-shore archipelago. My results raise important questions about connectivity and persistence of populations of bats in isolated habitats, especially when patch size is small. Close

• 262. [Article] An Examination of Commercial Medicinal Plant Harvests, Mount Hood National Forest, Oregon

  During the past fifteen years, non-timber or special forest products have become an important economic resource in the Pacific Northwest. These products are primarily derived from understory species and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An Examination of Commercial Medicinal Plant Harvests, Mount Hood National Forest, Oregon Author: Campbell, Shannon Michelle Year: 2000 During the past fifteen years, non-timber or special forest products have become an important economic resource in the Pacific Northwest. These products are primarily derived from understory species and contribute approximately $200 million to the regional economy. Medicinal plants are a little researched component of the non-timber forest product industry that relies on cultivated and wildcrafted (or wild-collected) medicinal plant species. This study examines the commercial extraction of wildcrafted medicinal plants from Mount Hood National Forest. Specifically, this study documents the medicinal plant species extracted from Mount Hood National Forest, their annual yield amounts, harvesting methods, and the changes in cover of target species after harvest. This research uses survey data obtained from employees of two herbal companies and representatives of the U.S. Forest Service to describe medicinal plant extraction and administration as it pertains to the commercial extraction of plant species from Mount Hood National Forest. Field data were also used to examine changes in plant cover for four medicinal plant species (kinnikinnick, yarrow, Oregon grape and valerian) following harvest. Field results indicate that medicinal plant cover decreased significantly in all but one harvested sampling unit. Permanent unit markers were established at all the study sites to provide opportunities for long-term monitoring of target species responses to harvest. Eleven medicinal plant species are commonly collected for commercial purposes from Mount Hood National Forest. The general lack of regulation and enforcement of commercial medicinal plant extraction coupled with an increasing demand for wildcrafted medicinal plants warrant a need for increased collaboration between regulatory agencies, herbal companies, and the general public. Additional management and research recommendations regarding the ecological impacts of medicinal plant removal are also presented. Title: An Examination of Commercial Medicinal Plant Harvests, Mount Hood National Forest, Oregon Author: Campbell, Shannon Michelle Year: 2000 During the past fifteen years, non-timber or special forest products have become an important economic resource in the Pacific Northwest. These products are primarily derived from understory species and contribute approximately $200 million to the regional economy. Medicinal plants are a little researched component of the non-timber forest product industry that relies on cultivated and wildcrafted (or wild-collected) medicinal plant species. This study examines the commercial extraction of wildcrafted medicinal plants from Mount Hood National Forest. Specifically, this study documents the medicinal plant species extracted from Mount Hood National Forest, their annual yield amounts, harvesting methods, and the changes in cover of target species after harvest. This research uses survey data obtained from employees of two herbal companies and representatives of the U.S. Forest Service to describe medicinal plant extraction and administration as it pertains to the commercial extraction of plant species from Mount Hood National Forest. Field data were also used to examine changes in plant cover for four medicinal plant species (kinnikinnick, yarrow, Oregon grape and valerian) following harvest. Field results indicate that medicinal plant cover decreased significantly in all but one harvested sampling unit. Permanent unit markers were established at all the study sites to provide opportunities for long-term monitoring of target species responses to harvest. Eleven medicinal plant species are commonly collected for commercial purposes from Mount Hood National Forest. The general lack of regulation and enforcement of commercial medicinal plant extraction coupled with an increasing demand for wildcrafted medicinal plants warrant a need for increased collaboration between regulatory agencies, herbal companies, and the general public. Additional management and research recommendations regarding the ecological impacts of medicinal plant removal are also presented. Close

• 263. [Article] Improving the Forage Species Selection Process through Research and Teaching Projects

  Species selection is a complex process that forage producers and land managers face. Accurate tools and educational materials are needed to help make the decision process easier. Crop simulation models ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Improving the Forage Species Selection Process through Research and Teaching Projects Author: Randow, Brianna Lyn Species selection is a complex process that forage producers and land managers face. Accurate tools and educational materials are needed to help make the decision process easier. Crop simulation models are one tool that could be utilized to predict yield and potential financial return of various species. Two crop simulation models, IFSM and ALMANAC, were evaluated and compared using historical variety trial yield data from grass and alfalfa sites of the Central Oregon Agricultural Research Center. Results indicate that additional research is needed to create a crop simulation model that is sufficiently accurate for central Oregon's growing conditions. Extension publications dealing with species selection typically provide generalized guidance rather than location-, intended use-, and management-specific recommendations. Comprehensive, integrated educational materials are needed for the complex process of species selection. Adult learning theories were used to design an educational module about species selection for the International Forage and Grasslands Curriculum. Following the development of learning objectives, content and assessments were created using the learning objectives as a guide. This module will allow forage producers to learn more about the complex process of species selection and become more knowledgeable about which species should be utilized in their operations. Title: Improving the Forage Species Selection Process through Research and Teaching Projects Author: Randow, Brianna Lyn Species selection is a complex process that forage producers and land managers face. Accurate tools and educational materials are needed to help make the decision process easier. Crop simulation models are one tool that could be utilized to predict yield and potential financial return of various species. Two crop simulation models, IFSM and ALMANAC, were evaluated and compared using historical variety trial yield data from grass and alfalfa sites of the Central Oregon Agricultural Research Center. Results indicate that additional research is needed to create a crop simulation model that is sufficiently accurate for central Oregon's growing conditions. Extension publications dealing with species selection typically provide generalized guidance rather than location-, intended use-, and management-specific recommendations. Comprehensive, integrated educational materials are needed for the complex process of species selection. Adult learning theories were used to design an educational module about species selection for the International Forage and Grasslands Curriculum. Following the development of learning objectives, content and assessments were created using the learning objectives as a guide. This module will allow forage producers to learn more about the complex process of species selection and become more knowledgeable about which species should be utilized in their operations. Close

• 264. [Article] Systematics, phylogeny, and ecology of Gomphus sensu lato

  The nomenclatural history of Gomphus sensu lato began with Persoon in 1797. Over 200 years species of Gomphus sensu lato have been variously classified also under Cantharellus, Craterellus, Chloroneuron, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Systematics, phylogeny, and ecology of Gomphus sensu lato Author: Giachini, Admir J. The nomenclatural history of Gomphus sensu lato began with Persoon in 1797. Over 200 years species of Gomphus sensu lato have been variously classified also under Cantharellus, Craterellus, Chloroneuron, Chlorophyllum, Gloeocantharellus, Nevrophyllum, and Turbinellus. Species of Gomphus sensu lato have been historically characterized as having aboveground fruiting, fleshy basidiomata with funnel- or fan-shaped pilei. They are mainly known from North America and Europe but also in parts of Asia, Australasia, Africa, and Central and South America. Parsimony and maximum likelihood (MCMC) analyses of the nuclear large subunit ribosomal DNA (nuc-25S-rDNA), mitochondrial small subunit ribosomal DNA (mit-12S-rDNA), and mitochondrial atp6 DNA (mit-atp6-DNA) combined sequences revealed Gomphus sensu lato to be non-monophyletic. This resulted in the recombination of its species into 4 genera: Gomphus sensu stricto, Gloeocantharellus, Phaeoclavulina, and Turbinellus. Gomphus sensu stricto currently contains only 3 species: G. brunneus, G. clavatus, and G. crassipes. Gloeocantharellus is composed of 10 agaricoidgomphoid species. Phaeoclavulina has 41 species: 6 formerly in Gomphus sensu lato and 35 previously assigned to Ramaria subgenus Echinoramaria. Turbinellus has 5 species distributed mainly in the northern hemisphere. Species of Gomphus sensu lato have long been recognized as close related to other members of the Gomphales and to the orders Gautieriales, Hysterangiales, and Phallales and the families Geastraceae and Sphaerobolaceae. Phylogenetic analyses of the three combined loci described above suggested the cantharelloidgomphoid morphology, the lignicolous substrate affinity, and the presence of clamp connections as ancestral for the order Gomphales. These features were independently gained and lost several times during the evolution of these fungi. Ecological studies of G. clavatus and T. floccosus indicate some ecosystem components are directly associated with their distribution in the forests of the Pacific northwestern USA. Gomphus clavatus is related to volume of coarse woody debris (CWD). In other words, the probability (odds) of its occurrence increases with the volume of CWD. Turbinellus floccosus, on the other hand, is related to both volume of well-decayed CWD and stand age. The older the stand and the higher the volume of CWD in late stages of decomposition, the higher the probability (odds) of finding it. Title: Systematics, phylogeny, and ecology of Gomphus sensu lato Author: Giachini, Admir J. The nomenclatural history of Gomphus sensu lato began with Persoon in 1797. Over 200 years species of Gomphus sensu lato have been variously classified also under Cantharellus, Craterellus, Chloroneuron, Chlorophyllum, Gloeocantharellus, Nevrophyllum, and Turbinellus. Species of Gomphus sensu lato have been historically characterized as having aboveground fruiting, fleshy basidiomata with funnel- or fan-shaped pilei. They are mainly known from North America and Europe but also in parts of Asia, Australasia, Africa, and Central and South America. Parsimony and maximum likelihood (MCMC) analyses of the nuclear large subunit ribosomal DNA (nuc-25S-rDNA), mitochondrial small subunit ribosomal DNA (mit-12S-rDNA), and mitochondrial atp6 DNA (mit-atp6-DNA) combined sequences revealed Gomphus sensu lato to be non-monophyletic. This resulted in the recombination of its species into 4 genera: Gomphus sensu stricto, Gloeocantharellus, Phaeoclavulina, and Turbinellus. Gomphus sensu stricto currently contains only 3 species: G. brunneus, G. clavatus, and G. crassipes. Gloeocantharellus is composed of 10 agaricoidgomphoid species. Phaeoclavulina has 41 species: 6 formerly in Gomphus sensu lato and 35 previously assigned to Ramaria subgenus Echinoramaria. Turbinellus has 5 species distributed mainly in the northern hemisphere. Species of Gomphus sensu lato have long been recognized as close related to other members of the Gomphales and to the orders Gautieriales, Hysterangiales, and Phallales and the families Geastraceae and Sphaerobolaceae. Phylogenetic analyses of the three combined loci described above suggested the cantharelloidgomphoid morphology, the lignicolous substrate affinity, and the presence of clamp connections as ancestral for the order Gomphales. These features were independently gained and lost several times during the evolution of these fungi. Ecological studies of G. clavatus and T. floccosus indicate some ecosystem components are directly associated with their distribution in the forests of the Pacific northwestern USA. Gomphus clavatus is related to volume of coarse woody debris (CWD). In other words, the probability (odds) of its occurrence increases with the volume of CWD. Turbinellus floccosus, on the other hand, is related to both volume of well-decayed CWD and stand age. The older the stand and the higher the volume of CWD in late stages of decomposition, the higher the probability (odds) of finding it. Close

• 265. [Article] Incompatibility and Speciation Within and Between Species

  60 pages. A thesis presented to the Department of Biology and the Clark Honors College of the University of Oregon in partial fulfillment of the requirements for degree of Bachelor of Science, Spring 2...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Incompatibility and Speciation Within and Between Species Author: Moore, Hanna Year: 2015 60 pages. A thesis presented to the Department of Biology and the Clark Honors College of the University of Oregon in partial fulfillment of the requirements for degree of Bachelor of Science, Spring 2015. Title: Incompatibility and Speciation Within and Between Species Author: Moore, Hanna Year: 2015 60 pages. A thesis presented to the Department of Biology and the Clark Honors College of the University of Oregon in partial fulfillment of the requirements for degree of Bachelor of Science, Spring 2015. Close

• 266. [Article] Differential growth rates through the seedling and sapling stages of two Nothofagus species underplanted at low-light environments in an Andean high-graded forest

  Access to this item has been restricted by repository administrators at the request of the publisher until April 11, 2016.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Differential growth rates through the seedling and sapling stages of two Nothofagus species underplanted at low-light environments in an Andean high-graded forest Author: Fuentes, Claudio, Soto, Daniel P., Donoso, Pablo J. Access to this item has been restricted by repository administrators at the request of the publisher until April 11, 2016. Title: Differential growth rates through the seedling and sapling stages of two Nothofagus species underplanted at low-light environments in an Andean high-graded forest Author: Fuentes, Claudio, Soto, Daniel P., Donoso, Pablo J. Access to this item has been restricted by repository administrators at the request of the publisher until April 11, 2016. Close

• 267. [Article] Radiotechnetium as an environmental contaminant : its metabolism by two freshwater species, the pearl mussel (Margaritifera margaritifera) and the rough-skinned newt (Taricha granulosa)

  There is an increasing world inventory of radiotechnetium (mainly ⁹⁹Tc) and it is inevitable that some of this will be released to the environment. However, little is known about the environmental behavior of ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Radiotechnetium as an environmental contaminant : its metabolism by two freshwater species, the pearl mussel (Margaritifera margaritifera) and the rough-skinned newt (Taricha granulosa) Author: Hevland, Mark There is an increasing world inventory of radiotechnetium (mainly ⁹⁹Tc) and it is inevitable that some of this will be released to the environment. However, little is known about the environmental behavior of this element. This work examined technetium's behavior in two representative freshwater species, the pearl mussel (Margaritifera margaritifera) and the rough-skinned newt (Taricha granulosa). The organisms were exposed to aqueous solutions of ⁹⁵mTc as pertechnetate, under chronic conditions. Uptake of the nuclide was followed for 63 and 51 days, respectively, by whole-body scintillation assay. The final whole-body concentration factors obtained were 0.9 for the mussel and 11.3 for the newt. The subsequent retention of this body burden by the two species was followed for 58 and 30 days, respectively. Both species exhibited two-phase retention patterns with long-lived components containing 65 and 75% of the initial activity, respectively. The biological half-lives for these long-lived components were calculated as 87 days for the mussel and 37 days for the newt. Tissue distribution data indicated that the soft tissues of the mussels contained more than twice the concentration of Tc activity as the shell, and that this ratio remained constant throughout both uptake and retention. This seemed to indicate a passive uptake and loss of the nuclide. In the soft tissues of the mussel the site of greatest Tc concentration was the foot-visceral mass, while the adductor muscle contained the least. The distribution of Tc in the tissues of the newt indicated that the major site of localization was the intestine. This activity was evenly distributed between the intestinal tissues and the contents of the gut. This study showed that, in the freshwater species studied, technetium is neither extensively concentrated nor tenaciously retained. It appears that uptake and loss are passive rather than due to an active metabolic mechanism. However, several unanswered questions were raised during this work which point out the need for continued research into the movement and behavior of technetium in freshwater ecosystems. Title: Radiotechnetium as an environmental contaminant : its metabolism by two freshwater species, the pearl mussel (Margaritifera margaritifera) and the rough-skinned newt (Taricha granulosa) Author: Hevland, Mark There is an increasing world inventory of radiotechnetium (mainly ⁹⁹Tc) and it is inevitable that some of this will be released to the environment. However, little is known about the environmental behavior of this element. This work examined technetium's behavior in two representative freshwater species, the pearl mussel (Margaritifera margaritifera) and the rough-skinned newt (Taricha granulosa). The organisms were exposed to aqueous solutions of ⁹⁵mTc as pertechnetate, under chronic conditions. Uptake of the nuclide was followed for 63 and 51 days, respectively, by whole-body scintillation assay. The final whole-body concentration factors obtained were 0.9 for the mussel and 11.3 for the newt. The subsequent retention of this body burden by the two species was followed for 58 and 30 days, respectively. Both species exhibited two-phase retention patterns with long-lived components containing 65 and 75% of the initial activity, respectively. The biological half-lives for these long-lived components were calculated as 87 days for the mussel and 37 days for the newt. Tissue distribution data indicated that the soft tissues of the mussels contained more than twice the concentration of Tc activity as the shell, and that this ratio remained constant throughout both uptake and retention. This seemed to indicate a passive uptake and loss of the nuclide. In the soft tissues of the mussel the site of greatest Tc concentration was the foot-visceral mass, while the adductor muscle contained the least. The distribution of Tc in the tissues of the newt indicated that the major site of localization was the intestine. This activity was evenly distributed between the intestinal tissues and the contents of the gut. This study showed that, in the freshwater species studied, technetium is neither extensively concentrated nor tenaciously retained. It appears that uptake and loss are passive rather than due to an active metabolic mechanism. However, several unanswered questions were raised during this work which point out the need for continued research into the movement and behavior of technetium in freshwater ecosystems. Close

• 268. [Article] Biosystematic studies of the Mimulus moschatus complex in the Pacific Northwest

  Populations of an unknown species of Mimulus, herein described as Mimulus hymenophyllus Meinke, were located and studied near Horse Creek, a tributary of the Snake River in eastern Wallowa County, Oregon. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biosystematic studies of the Mimulus moschatus complex in the Pacific Northwest Author: Meinke, Robert James Populations of an unknown species of Mimulus, herein described as Mimulus hymenophyllus Meinke, were located and studied near Horse Creek, a tributary of the Snake River in eastern Wallowa County, Oregon. The new species is differentiated from its apparent closest relative, Mimulus jungermannioides Suksd., by an annual habit, long petioles, corollas that are three to four times the length of the calyx, rounded capsules, and seeds up to 0.85 mm long. Mimulus hymenophyllus and M. iungermannioides are members of the section Paradanthus, and are morphologically allied with Mimulus moschatus Dougl. in Lindl. and several related taxa. The Mimulus moschatus complex of species is distinguished within the genus by having firmly adherent placentae, glandular-sticky foliage and stems, prismatic calyces with equal to sub-equal teeth, elongate pedicels, and deciduous, funnelform corollas ranging in color from canary to lemon yellow. Mimulus hvmenophyllus is endemic to the steep canyons of Horse and Cow Creeks in Wallowa County, at altitudes ranging from 850 to 1300 m. The species is restricted to the damp crevices of vertical basalt cliffs, often growing in the shade under overhangs. The surrounding plant community is dominated by several coniferous species, primarily Pseudotsuga menziesii, pinus ponderosa, and Abies arandis. The habitat of M. hymenophyllus is isolated, and is presently not in danger from human disturbance. However, the species is currently maintained as a state and federal candidate for listing as threatened or endangered, based on limited abundance and narrow geographic range. Studies of the seed and seedling biology of Mimulus hymenophyllus and its Pacific Northwest relatives (i.e., M. moschatus, M. floribundus, M. jungermannioides, M. patulus, M. pulsiferae, M. washingtonensis, and M. breviflorus) were also conducted. Germination trials indicated that seeds of M. moschatus, M. jungermannioides, and M. floribundus are capable of germination immediately or soon after capsules dehisce, and do not become dormant upon later exposure to warm or cold temperatures. Seed lots of M. hymenophyllus and M. breviflorus germinate rapidly when first mature, but subsequently develop complete or partial dormancy after prolonged exposure to late summer temperatures. Dormant seeds of these species, as well as those of M. patulus, M. Dulsiferae, and M. washingtonensis which are dormant when capsules dehisce, will germinate readily after several weeks of cold-wet stratification. Four of the five species lacking innate seed dormancy develop inflated fruiting calyces that temporarily trap seeds as capsules dehisce. This prolongs the dispersal rate of seed crops, thereby minimizing the potential for catastrophic seedling mortality due to mass germination of cohorts during unfavorable environmental conditions. These species retain seed on the parent plant for significantly longer periods than species with unmodified calyces. Seed dispersal from parent plants is accomplished by wind and flowing water, except in M. hvmenophvllus, where negatively phototropic pedicels orient ripe capsules towards the darkened cliff substrate for dispersal directly into crevices. Two of the rarest species studied, M. hymenophyllus and M. patulus, were found to co-occur in nature with an indigenous and rather weedy, unrelated species of Mimulus, i.e., M. nasutus Greene. Experimental plantings showed that seedling lots of M. nasutus emerge sooner and over a shorter period than those of the two uncommon species, suggesting that M. nasutus may outcompete them and thereby contribute to their rarity. Seedlings of M. breviflorus and M. floribundus, which typically occur in habitats subject to sudden fluctuations in soil moisture, exhibit adaptations for accelerated sexual reproduction under experimental drought conditions. This trait, when coupled with inflated fruiting calyces, enables these species to exploit unpredictably arid environments despite the potential disadvantage of nondormant seeds. Mimulus jungermannioides and M. moschatus are not adapted for precocious sexual maturation, and offset their lack of seed dormancy by having a perennial life cycle and by occurring in more predictably mesic habitats. Significant differences between the annual and perennial species were observed in the timing and amount of seed production during droughtstress. The information provided in this thesis will be valuable to systematists and conservation biologists. Several of the species studied have been promoted for protection under endangered species laws. The formal naming of Mimulus hymenophyllus legitimizes efforts for the management of this unique species, while seed and seedling biology data will be important to germplasm studies, phylogenetic assessments, and possible reintroduction of species or populations should extirpation occur. Title: Biosystematic studies of the Mimulus moschatus complex in the Pacific Northwest Author: Meinke, Robert James Populations of an unknown species of Mimulus, herein described as Mimulus hymenophyllus Meinke, were located and studied near Horse Creek, a tributary of the Snake River in eastern Wallowa County, Oregon. The new species is differentiated from its apparent closest relative, Mimulus jungermannioides Suksd., by an annual habit, long petioles, corollas that are three to four times the length of the calyx, rounded capsules, and seeds up to 0.85 mm long. Mimulus hymenophyllus and M. iungermannioides are members of the section Paradanthus, and are morphologically allied with Mimulus moschatus Dougl. in Lindl. and several related taxa. The Mimulus moschatus complex of species is distinguished within the genus by having firmly adherent placentae, glandular-sticky foliage and stems, prismatic calyces with equal to sub-equal teeth, elongate pedicels, and deciduous, funnelform corollas ranging in color from canary to lemon yellow. Mimulus hvmenophyllus is endemic to the steep canyons of Horse and Cow Creeks in Wallowa County, at altitudes ranging from 850 to 1300 m. The species is restricted to the damp crevices of vertical basalt cliffs, often growing in the shade under overhangs. The surrounding plant community is dominated by several coniferous species, primarily Pseudotsuga menziesii, pinus ponderosa, and Abies arandis. The habitat of M. hymenophyllus is isolated, and is presently not in danger from human disturbance. However, the species is currently maintained as a state and federal candidate for listing as threatened or endangered, based on limited abundance and narrow geographic range. Studies of the seed and seedling biology of Mimulus hymenophyllus and its Pacific Northwest relatives (i.e., M. moschatus, M. floribundus, M. jungermannioides, M. patulus, M. pulsiferae, M. washingtonensis, and M. breviflorus) were also conducted. Germination trials indicated that seeds of M. moschatus, M. jungermannioides, and M. floribundus are capable of germination immediately or soon after capsules dehisce, and do not become dormant upon later exposure to warm or cold temperatures. Seed lots of M. hymenophyllus and M. breviflorus germinate rapidly when first mature, but subsequently develop complete or partial dormancy after prolonged exposure to late summer temperatures. Dormant seeds of these species, as well as those of M. patulus, M. Dulsiferae, and M. washingtonensis which are dormant when capsules dehisce, will germinate readily after several weeks of cold-wet stratification. Four of the five species lacking innate seed dormancy develop inflated fruiting calyces that temporarily trap seeds as capsules dehisce. This prolongs the dispersal rate of seed crops, thereby minimizing the potential for catastrophic seedling mortality due to mass germination of cohorts during unfavorable environmental conditions. These species retain seed on the parent plant for significantly longer periods than species with unmodified calyces. Seed dispersal from parent plants is accomplished by wind and flowing water, except in M. hvmenophvllus, where negatively phototropic pedicels orient ripe capsules towards the darkened cliff substrate for dispersal directly into crevices. Two of the rarest species studied, M. hymenophyllus and M. patulus, were found to co-occur in nature with an indigenous and rather weedy, unrelated species of Mimulus, i.e., M. nasutus Greene. Experimental plantings showed that seedling lots of M. nasutus emerge sooner and over a shorter period than those of the two uncommon species, suggesting that M. nasutus may outcompete them and thereby contribute to their rarity. Seedlings of M. breviflorus and M. floribundus, which typically occur in habitats subject to sudden fluctuations in soil moisture, exhibit adaptations for accelerated sexual reproduction under experimental drought conditions. This trait, when coupled with inflated fruiting calyces, enables these species to exploit unpredictably arid environments despite the potential disadvantage of nondormant seeds. Mimulus jungermannioides and M. moschatus are not adapted for precocious sexual maturation, and offset their lack of seed dormancy by having a perennial life cycle and by occurring in more predictably mesic habitats. Significant differences between the annual and perennial species were observed in the timing and amount of seed production during droughtstress. The information provided in this thesis will be valuable to systematists and conservation biologists. Several of the species studied have been promoted for protection under endangered species laws. The formal naming of Mimulus hymenophyllus legitimizes efforts for the management of this unique species, while seed and seedling biology data will be important to germplasm studies, phylogenetic assessments, and possible reintroduction of species or populations should extirpation occur. Close

• 269. [Article] Plant traits – a tool for restoration?

  Question: Most results of restoration efforts are species-specific and/or site-specific and therefore are not general enough to be easily applied to other species and other sites. Our research addresses ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Plant traits – a tool for restoration? Author: Wilson, Mark V., Kaye, Thomas N., Roberts, Rachel, Dunwiddie, Peter W., Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950-, Stanley, Amanda Question: Most results of restoration efforts are species-specific and/or site-specific and therefore are not general enough to be easily applied to other species and other sites. Our research addresses the issue of species-specific results by investigating the feasibility of using plant traits instead of taxonomic species to characterize species responses to restoration treatments. Specifically, we test the explanatory power of plant traits, one necessary prerequisite for the development of predictive and general plant trait models. Location: Ten remnant bunchgrass prairie sites in the Pacific Northwest of North America (Oregon and Washington, USA; British Columbia, Canada). Methods: We developed two types of quantitative models for each of 10 prairie restoration sites: 1) plant trait models, which related plant traits to species field responses following restoration management treatments, and 2) species identity models, which related species taxonomic identity to species field responses following restoration management treatments. Species identity models determined the maximum amount of variability of field responses that can be explained by differences in individual species’ responses to management treatments. Plant trait models determined what proportion of this explanatory power can be attributed to plant traits. This approach contrasts with approaches often used in other plant trait studies that describe how traits vary with environmental conditions. Specifically, we used these two models to address the following questions: 1) How much of the variability in field responses of plants to restoration management treatments is explained by plant traits? 2) How well do plant traits explain the variability of field responses following restoration management treatments compared to models relating field responses to species identity? Our approach was to measure two aspects of explanatory power: R2 (variability explained) and AIC (a measure of model fit that accounts for parsimony, i.e., how well a model fits the data with relatively few explanatory variables). Results: 1) The plant trait models (relating plant traits with plant field responses) explained much of the variability within each of the ten restoration sites, with R2 values ranging between 31% and 69%. 2) The species identity models (relating species taxonomic identity with plant field responses) explained between 47% and 74% of variability in field performance (R2). Thus, the plant trait models explained nearly as much variability as the species identity models. In seven out of nine sites, the plant trait models were superior to the species identity models as measured by AIC; that is, the trait models did well at explaining variability with less model complexity (i.e., fewer explanatory variables). Conclusion: Development of general and predictive plant trait models is a multi-step process. Strong explanatory power by plant trait models, both on an absolute scale and as compared to species identity models, supports the feasibility of using plant traits instead of species taxonomic identity as a common language to characterize plant field responses to restoration treatments. Such high explanatory power is one necessary pre-requisite for the development of predictive and general plant trait models. Our results also indicate that the plant trait models are site-specific even though all sites were upland bunchgrass remnant prairies. We discuss the next steps in the development of more general and predictive models: incorporating environmental factors into the plant trait models to address the issue of site-specificity and testing the power of these models to predict vegetation responses. Title: Plant traits – a tool for restoration? Author: Wilson, Mark V., Kaye, Thomas N., Roberts, Rachel, Dunwiddie, Peter W., Clark, Deborah Louise, 1950-, Stanley, Amanda Question: Most results of restoration efforts are species-specific and/or site-specific and therefore are not general enough to be easily applied to other species and other sites. Our research addresses the issue of species-specific results by investigating the feasibility of using plant traits instead of taxonomic species to characterize species responses to restoration treatments. Specifically, we test the explanatory power of plant traits, one necessary prerequisite for the development of predictive and general plant trait models. Location: Ten remnant bunchgrass prairie sites in the Pacific Northwest of North America (Oregon and Washington, USA; British Columbia, Canada). Methods: We developed two types of quantitative models for each of 10 prairie restoration sites: 1) plant trait models, which related plant traits to species field responses following restoration management treatments, and 2) species identity models, which related species taxonomic identity to species field responses following restoration management treatments. Species identity models determined the maximum amount of variability of field responses that can be explained by differences in individual species’ responses to management treatments. Plant trait models determined what proportion of this explanatory power can be attributed to plant traits. This approach contrasts with approaches often used in other plant trait studies that describe how traits vary with environmental conditions. Specifically, we used these two models to address the following questions: 1) How much of the variability in field responses of plants to restoration management treatments is explained by plant traits? 2) How well do plant traits explain the variability of field responses following restoration management treatments compared to models relating field responses to species identity? Our approach was to measure two aspects of explanatory power: R2 (variability explained) and AIC (a measure of model fit that accounts for parsimony, i.e., how well a model fits the data with relatively few explanatory variables). Results: 1) The plant trait models (relating plant traits with plant field responses) explained much of the variability within each of the ten restoration sites, with R2 values ranging between 31% and 69%. 2) The species identity models (relating species taxonomic identity with plant field responses) explained between 47% and 74% of variability in field performance (R2). Thus, the plant trait models explained nearly as much variability as the species identity models. In seven out of nine sites, the plant trait models were superior to the species identity models as measured by AIC; that is, the trait models did well at explaining variability with less model complexity (i.e., fewer explanatory variables). Conclusion: Development of general and predictive plant trait models is a multi-step process. Strong explanatory power by plant trait models, both on an absolute scale and as compared to species identity models, supports the feasibility of using plant traits instead of species taxonomic identity as a common language to characterize plant field responses to restoration treatments. Such high explanatory power is one necessary pre-requisite for the development of predictive and general plant trait models. Our results also indicate that the plant trait models are site-specific even though all sites were upland bunchgrass remnant prairies. We discuss the next steps in the development of more general and predictive models: incorporating environmental factors into the plant trait models to address the issue of site-specificity and testing the power of these models to predict vegetation responses. Close

• 270. [Image] Final progress report for fisheries investigations on Blue Creek, tributary to Klamath River, northern California, FY 1993

  	FINAL PROGRESS REPORT FOR FISHERIES INVESTIGATIONS ON BLUE CREEK, TRIBUTARY TO K1AMATH RIVER, NORTHERN CALIFORNIA FY 1993 (October 1992 - September 1993) ABSTRACT The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Final progress report for fisheries investigations on Blue Creek, tributary to Klamath River, northern California, FY 1993 Author: Longenbaugh, Matthew H.; Chan, Jeffrey R. Year: 1994, 2008, 2005 FINAL PROGRESS REPORT FOR FISHERIES INVESTIGATIONS ON BLUE CREEK, TRIBUTARY TO K1AMATH RIVER, NORTHERN CALIFORNIA FY 1993 (October 1992 - September 1993) ABSTRACT The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Coastal California Fishery Resource Office (CCFRO) in Arcata, CA, was funded to investigate chinook salmon spawning use, juvenile salmonid emigration and characterize habitats in Blue Creek, Klamath Basin, CA. Investigations that began in October, 1988, have continued to date, with this reporting period covering Fiscal Year 1993 (FY 1993, October, 1992, through September, 1993). In addition, some information already presented in previous progress reports, FY 1989 - FY 1992, is summarized. In 1993, adult chinook spawner escapements were addressed by snorkel surveys of redds and carcasses. Spawner numbers were very low, with only 17 redds observed in fall/winter 1992-93. The peak count of adult chinook was 136 fish in early November. Emigrating juvenile s&lmonids were trapped at river kilometer (rkm) 3.35 with a screw trap and panel weir. The screw trapping period extended from April through July for a total of 91 trapping nights. Screw trap catches totaled 14,526 chinook, 912 steelhead and 69 coho. Chinook emigration was spread over the entire trapping period, with increases during mid-May, and from mid-June throughout July. A juvenile weir was operated 60 nights, and caught a total of 6,334 chinook, 992 steelhead, 49 coho salmon, and 0 juvenile cutthroat. The total index of production for emigrating chinook during the 1993 juvenile trapping period was 101,819. Chinook that were marked with coded-wire tags (n-12,299) were released, with other juvenile fish, into Blue Creek at rkm 3.3. Mean temperatures varied from 6.3 to 18.6 ?C and flows ranged from 0.91 cubic m/s (32 cubic feet/s) to 202.6 cubic m/s (7,160 cubic feet/s) during FY 1993. Extreme flows for FY 1993 were the lowest and highest observed by CCFRO since the project began in 1989, and lower than the previous low of the 13 years of record. Title: Final progress report for fisheries investigations on Blue Creek, tributary to Klamath River, northern California, FY 1993 Author: Longenbaugh, Matthew H.; Chan, Jeffrey R. Year: 1994, 2008, 2005 FINAL PROGRESS REPORT FOR FISHERIES INVESTIGATIONS ON BLUE CREEK, TRIBUTARY TO K1AMATH RIVER, NORTHERN CALIFORNIA FY 1993 (October 1992 - September 1993) ABSTRACT The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Coastal California Fishery Resource Office (CCFRO) in Arcata, CA, was funded to investigate chinook salmon spawning use, juvenile salmonid emigration and characterize habitats in Blue Creek, Klamath Basin, CA. Investigations that began in October, 1988, have continued to date, with this reporting period covering Fiscal Year 1993 (FY 1993, October, 1992, through September, 1993). In addition, some information already presented in previous progress reports, FY 1989 - FY 1992, is summarized. In 1993, adult chinook spawner escapements were addressed by snorkel surveys of redds and carcasses. Spawner numbers were very low, with only 17 redds observed in fall/winter 1992-93. The peak count of adult chinook was 136 fish in early November. Emigrating juvenile s&lmonids were trapped at river kilometer (rkm) 3.35 with a screw trap and panel weir. The screw trapping period extended from April through July for a total of 91 trapping nights. Screw trap catches totaled 14,526 chinook, 912 steelhead and 69 coho. Chinook emigration was spread over the entire trapping period, with increases during mid-May, and from mid-June throughout July. A juvenile weir was operated 60 nights, and caught a total of 6,334 chinook, 992 steelhead, 49 coho salmon, and 0 juvenile cutthroat. The total index of production for emigrating chinook during the 1993 juvenile trapping period was 101,819. Chinook that were marked with coded-wire tags (n-12,299) were released, with other juvenile fish, into Blue Creek at rkm 3.3. Mean temperatures varied from 6.3 to 18.6 ?C and flows ranged from 0.91 cubic m/s (32 cubic feet/s) to 202.6 cubic m/s (7,160 cubic feet/s) during FY 1993. Extreme flows for FY 1993 were the lowest and highest observed by CCFRO since the project began in 1989, and lower than the previous low of the 13 years of record. Close

• 271. [Article] OSMB Final Report, Task 4: Oregon Lake Watch

  The Oregon Lake Watch (OLW) volunteer monitoring program was resurrected after over a decade in hibernation. The new program was designed to educate the public about threats of aquatic invasive species ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: OSMB Final Report, Task 4: Oregon Lake Watch Author: Strecker, Angela L., Miller, Rich, Morgan, Vanessa Year: 2014 The Oregon Lake Watch (OLW) volunteer monitoring program was resurrected after over a decade in hibernation. The new program was designed to educate the public about threats of aquatic invasive species (AIS), provide early detection of AIS invasions, and provide long term water quality data for the better management of Oregon’s lakes and reservoirs. Protocols were created for citizen scientists to survey for AIS, collect temperature and water clarity data, and record the data through an online data entry portal. An OLW website was developed to educate about AIS and provide survey protocols and identification materials to volunteers. AIS surveys were focused on Watch List Species which are selected AIS that have a negative impact on the beneficial uses of our waterbodies. Eighteen volunteers were trained during five sessions conducted in western and central Oregon. Fourteen of the trained volunteers collected data from sixteen waterbodies. Six Watch List species and one other AIS species were observed in four of the waterbodies. The three Watch List Species observed in Salish Pond and one in Olallie Lake were new observations. Temperature measurements indicated a wide range of thermal profiles and Secchi transparency measurement indicated a range of trophic status from oligotrophic to eutrophic. Title: OSMB Final Report, Task 4: Oregon Lake Watch Author: Strecker, Angela L., Miller, Rich, Morgan, Vanessa Year: 2014 The Oregon Lake Watch (OLW) volunteer monitoring program was resurrected after over a decade in hibernation. The new program was designed to educate the public about threats of aquatic invasive species (AIS), provide early detection of AIS invasions, and provide long term water quality data for the better management of Oregon’s lakes and reservoirs. Protocols were created for citizen scientists to survey for AIS, collect temperature and water clarity data, and record the data through an online data entry portal. An OLW website was developed to educate about AIS and provide survey protocols and identification materials to volunteers. AIS surveys were focused on Watch List Species which are selected AIS that have a negative impact on the beneficial uses of our waterbodies. Eighteen volunteers were trained during five sessions conducted in western and central Oregon. Fourteen of the trained volunteers collected data from sixteen waterbodies. Six Watch List species and one other AIS species were observed in four of the waterbodies. The three Watch List Species observed in Salish Pond and one in Olallie Lake were new observations. Temperature measurements indicated a wide range of thermal profiles and Secchi transparency measurement indicated a range of trophic status from oligotrophic to eutrophic. Close

• 272. [Article] Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the bioavailability of sediment-associated phenanthrene to marine amphipods

  The "equilibrium partitioning theory" is one of the most widely used models to evaluate the bioavailability of sediment-associated, nonpolar, organic contaminants and it makes specific assumptions regarding ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the bioavailability of sediment-associated phenanthrene to marine amphipods Author: Fuji, Takashi, 1961- The "equilibrium partitioning theory" is one of the most widely used models to evaluate the bioavailability of sediment-associated, nonpolar, organic contaminants and it makes specific assumptions regarding the factors that influence this bioavailability. The objective of this research was to test two assumptions of this theory: (1) that benthic organisms are exposed to a constant, equilibrium-predicted concentration of a contaminant in interstitial water, regardless of the behavior of the organism; and (2) that exposure to interstitial water in a sediment exposure system is equivalent to the exposure in a water-only exposure system. The effect of behavior on the exposure to sediment-associated phenanthrene was tested by exposing three marine amphipod species (with different burrowing behaviors) to the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) phenanthrene under two exposure conditions, one with spiked sediment and clean overlying water and the other with spiked sediment and contaminated overlying water. This was done to evaluate the extent to which the burrow irrigating behavior and the different tube or burrow building behavior exhibited by the amphipod species could effect the accumulation of sediment-associated phenanthrene. The assumption of equivalent exposure between sediment and water systems was tested by exposing the amphipods to the same concentration of phenanthrene in a water-only versus sediment exposure system. In both series of experiments, the bioaccumulation of phenanthrene by the amphipods was followed over 72 hours and bioaccumulation kinetics calculated for each species and exposure treatment. The results indicated that the burrow irrigating behavior of benthic marine amphipods can significantly affect the exposure of these amphipods to sediment-associated contaminants by diluting the concentration of contaminant in the interstitial water surrounding the organisms with overlying water. Additionally, there was a species dependent decrease in exposure based upon the tube or burrow building strategy used by the amphipod species. The results also indicated that exposure in a sediment system was not equivalent to exposure in a water-only system. The bioaccumulation of phenanthrene was significantly higher for all three species in water versus sediment. However, the interpretation of the results from this second series of experiments was complicated by the degradation of phenanthrene in the sediment-only exposure. Title: Biotic and abiotic factors influencing the bioavailability of sediment-associated phenanthrene to marine amphipods Author: Fuji, Takashi, 1961- The "equilibrium partitioning theory" is one of the most widely used models to evaluate the bioavailability of sediment-associated, nonpolar, organic contaminants and it makes specific assumptions regarding the factors that influence this bioavailability. The objective of this research was to test two assumptions of this theory: (1) that benthic organisms are exposed to a constant, equilibrium-predicted concentration of a contaminant in interstitial water, regardless of the behavior of the organism; and (2) that exposure to interstitial water in a sediment exposure system is equivalent to the exposure in a water-only exposure system. The effect of behavior on the exposure to sediment-associated phenanthrene was tested by exposing three marine amphipod species (with different burrowing behaviors) to the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) phenanthrene under two exposure conditions, one with spiked sediment and clean overlying water and the other with spiked sediment and contaminated overlying water. This was done to evaluate the extent to which the burrow irrigating behavior and the different tube or burrow building behavior exhibited by the amphipod species could effect the accumulation of sediment-associated phenanthrene. The assumption of equivalent exposure between sediment and water systems was tested by exposing the amphipods to the same concentration of phenanthrene in a water-only versus sediment exposure system. In both series of experiments, the bioaccumulation of phenanthrene by the amphipods was followed over 72 hours and bioaccumulation kinetics calculated for each species and exposure treatment. The results indicated that the burrow irrigating behavior of benthic marine amphipods can significantly affect the exposure of these amphipods to sediment-associated contaminants by diluting the concentration of contaminant in the interstitial water surrounding the organisms with overlying water. Additionally, there was a species dependent decrease in exposure based upon the tube or burrow building strategy used by the amphipod species. The results also indicated that exposure in a sediment system was not equivalent to exposure in a water-only system. The bioaccumulation of phenanthrene was significantly higher for all three species in water versus sediment. However, the interpretation of the results from this second series of experiments was complicated by the degradation of phenanthrene in the sediment-only exposure. Close

• 273. [Article] Effects of the balsam woolly aphid (Adelges piceae (Ratzburg)) on the cambial activity of grand fir (Abies grandis (Dougl.) Lindl.) and subalpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt.)

  Cambial activity was studied in trees infested by the balsam woolly aphid and in non-infested trees of grand and subalpine fir. Infested and non-infested samples of grand fir were collected near Corvallis ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Effects of the balsam woolly aphid (Adelges piceae (Ratzburg)) on the cambial activity of grand fir (Abies grandis (Dougl.) Lindl.) and subalpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt.) Author: Sisson, Warren Elmer, Jr. Cambial activity was studied in trees infested by the balsam woolly aphid and in non-infested trees of grand and subalpine fir. Infested and non-infested samples of grand fir were collected near Corvallis during 1968 and 1969. Samples of subalpine fir, noninfested and infested, were collected near Odell Lake, at approximately 5, 000 ft. elevation, during 1969. Light infestations of the aphid were observed in both species. No differences within species between infested and non-infested trees were noted in the number of overwintering immature (precocious) sieve cells or in the dates for reactivation and cessation of mitotic activity in the cambial zone, or in the number of cambial zone cells per radial file. The relative amounts of xylem and phloem present at any given time during the growing season were the same regardless of the presence or absence of aphids. Significant differences were noted in the lengths of the fusiform initials in the infested samples when compared to non-infested samples in both species. Xylem production in grand fir, and phloem production in both species was significantly greater in infested samples. A greater number of phloem parenchyma strands were observed in infested samples of grand fir than in non-infested samples. The rate of cell division, as indicated by the mitotic indices, showed no significant differences between samples of infested and non-infested trees of either species. Differences in xylem and phloem production between infested and non-infested trees could not be attributed to either an increased rate of cell division or an increase in the number of cambial zone cells per radial file in infested samples for either species. Title: Effects of the balsam woolly aphid (Adelges piceae (Ratzburg)) on the cambial activity of grand fir (Abies grandis (Dougl.) Lindl.) and subalpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt.) Author: Sisson, Warren Elmer, Jr. Cambial activity was studied in trees infested by the balsam woolly aphid and in non-infested trees of grand and subalpine fir. Infested and non-infested samples of grand fir were collected near Corvallis during 1968 and 1969. Samples of subalpine fir, noninfested and infested, were collected near Odell Lake, at approximately 5, 000 ft. elevation, during 1969. Light infestations of the aphid were observed in both species. No differences within species between infested and non-infested trees were noted in the number of overwintering immature (precocious) sieve cells or in the dates for reactivation and cessation of mitotic activity in the cambial zone, or in the number of cambial zone cells per radial file. The relative amounts of xylem and phloem present at any given time during the growing season were the same regardless of the presence or absence of aphids. Significant differences were noted in the lengths of the fusiform initials in the infested samples when compared to non-infested samples in both species. Xylem production in grand fir, and phloem production in both species was significantly greater in infested samples. A greater number of phloem parenchyma strands were observed in infested samples of grand fir than in non-infested samples. The rate of cell division, as indicated by the mitotic indices, showed no significant differences between samples of infested and non-infested trees of either species. Differences in xylem and phloem production between infested and non-infested trees could not be attributed to either an increased rate of cell division or an increase in the number of cambial zone cells per radial file in infested samples for either species. Close

• 274. [Article] Reproductive and aggressive behaviors in the giant hairy desert scorpion

  The giant hairy desert scorpion, Hadrurus arizonensis, is a long-lived species of North American scorpion that is presented here as an important model for research in mating systems evolution and sexual ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Reproductive and aggressive behaviors in the giant hairy desert scorpion Author: Tallarovic, Sara K. The giant hairy desert scorpion, Hadrurus arizonensis, is a long-lived species of North American scorpion that is presented here as an important model for research in mating systems evolution and sexual selection. Many behaviors found in this species were undocumented and are described here for the first time. This thesis includes studies of the following aspects of H. arizonensis behavior: 1) a description of courtship and mating behavior, 2) an empirical study of variance in courtship success among males and females as an indicator of mate choice in both sexes, 3) a descriptive and empirical study of aggression and agonistic behaviors in non-reproductive inter- and intrasexual interactions, and 4) an observational study of intrasexual competition over mates in both males and females. Experiments were performed in the laboratory and behaviors observed were videotaped for data collection and analysis. All subjects used in this study were field-captured prior to use in behavioral experiments. This species exhibits both reproductive and aggressive behaviors that are stereotyped and can be quantified, either by ranking their intensity, or measuring in terms of time. H. arizonensis is a polygamous species with external sperm transfer (via a spermatophore). Both males and females appear to exhibit mate choice. Large females elicit more intense courtship behavior from males, and males may preferentially court larger females to increase their own reproductive success. Furthermore, both males and females interfere in the courtship of conspecific pairs, indicating that both sexes potentially compete intrasexually for mates. Such findings may be attributable to the substantial contributions each sex makes in reproduction. This species also exhibits complex aggressive behaviors during agonistic interactions that may function in both species recognition and competition. Title: Reproductive and aggressive behaviors in the giant hairy desert scorpion Author: Tallarovic, Sara K. The giant hairy desert scorpion, Hadrurus arizonensis, is a long-lived species of North American scorpion that is presented here as an important model for research in mating systems evolution and sexual selection. Many behaviors found in this species were undocumented and are described here for the first time. This thesis includes studies of the following aspects of H. arizonensis behavior: 1) a description of courtship and mating behavior, 2) an empirical study of variance in courtship success among males and females as an indicator of mate choice in both sexes, 3) a descriptive and empirical study of aggression and agonistic behaviors in non-reproductive inter- and intrasexual interactions, and 4) an observational study of intrasexual competition over mates in both males and females. Experiments were performed in the laboratory and behaviors observed were videotaped for data collection and analysis. All subjects used in this study were field-captured prior to use in behavioral experiments. This species exhibits both reproductive and aggressive behaviors that are stereotyped and can be quantified, either by ranking their intensity, or measuring in terms of time. H. arizonensis is a polygamous species with external sperm transfer (via a spermatophore). Both males and females appear to exhibit mate choice. Large females elicit more intense courtship behavior from males, and males may preferentially court larger females to increase their own reproductive success. Furthermore, both males and females interfere in the courtship of conspecific pairs, indicating that both sexes potentially compete intrasexually for mates. Such findings may be attributable to the substantial contributions each sex makes in reproduction. This species also exhibits complex aggressive behaviors during agonistic interactions that may function in both species recognition and competition. Close

• 275. [Article] Characterization of rheological properties and thermal stability of fish myofibrillar proteins

  Effects of moisture content, pH, and salt concentration on dynamic rheological properties and gel fracture quality of Pacific whiting surimi were investigated. Torsion tests showed that shear stress decreased ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Characterization of rheological properties and thermal stability of fish myofibrillar proteins Author: Esturk, Okan Effects of moisture content, pH, and salt concentration on dynamic rheological properties and gel fracture quality of Pacific whiting surimi were investigated. Torsion tests showed that shear stress decreased rapidly and strain values decreased gradually as moisture concentration increased. As pH increased, fracture shear stress and strain values increased, whereas lightness values (L*) decreased. Increasing salt concentration up to 1% increased fracture shear stress and strain values, but further increase affected negatively. A strong relationship was found between the G' and fracture stress values as affected by moisture or pH, but not by salt concentration. Linear regression analyses indicated that while moisture concentration and pH can be used as an index estimating final gel quality, salt concentration cannot be used. Thermal stability, proteolytic enzyme degradation, and thermal aggregation patterns of myofibrillar proteins from various fish species were also compared. There was a species effect for both optimum setting and chopping temperatures. While cold water fish species had the highest shear stress values at 5 °C or lower temperatures, warm water fish species had higher fracture shear stress values at 20-30 °C. Proteolytic enzyme activity increased linearly with incubation time when the test was conducted at the optimum autolysis temperature up to 240 mm. SDSPAGE analysis showed that myosin heavy chain was the major protein targeted by proteolytic enzymes. For all tested fish species, a 0.5 °C/min heating rate resulted in higher turbidity values followed by 1 °C/min, and then 2 °C/min. There was a species effect on the temperature where turbidity started to increase. The transition temperatures obtained from temperature sweep measurements were very close to those obtained from DSC, indicating that peaks obtained from the dynamic tests were related to the protein unfolding. Title: Characterization of rheological properties and thermal stability of fish myofibrillar proteins Author: Esturk, Okan Effects of moisture content, pH, and salt concentration on dynamic rheological properties and gel fracture quality of Pacific whiting surimi were investigated. Torsion tests showed that shear stress decreased rapidly and strain values decreased gradually as moisture concentration increased. As pH increased, fracture shear stress and strain values increased, whereas lightness values (L*) decreased. Increasing salt concentration up to 1% increased fracture shear stress and strain values, but further increase affected negatively. A strong relationship was found between the G' and fracture stress values as affected by moisture or pH, but not by salt concentration. Linear regression analyses indicated that while moisture concentration and pH can be used as an index estimating final gel quality, salt concentration cannot be used. Thermal stability, proteolytic enzyme degradation, and thermal aggregation patterns of myofibrillar proteins from various fish species were also compared. There was a species effect for both optimum setting and chopping temperatures. While cold water fish species had the highest shear stress values at 5 °C or lower temperatures, warm water fish species had higher fracture shear stress values at 20-30 °C. Proteolytic enzyme activity increased linearly with incubation time when the test was conducted at the optimum autolysis temperature up to 240 mm. SDSPAGE analysis showed that myosin heavy chain was the major protein targeted by proteolytic enzymes. For all tested fish species, a 0.5 °C/min heating rate resulted in higher turbidity values followed by 1 °C/min, and then 2 °C/min. There was a species effect on the temperature where turbidity started to increase. The transition temperatures obtained from temperature sweep measurements were very close to those obtained from DSC, indicating that peaks obtained from the dynamic tests were related to the protein unfolding. Close

• 276. [Article] Seed and establishment limitation contribute to long-term native forb declines in California grasslands

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://www.esa.org/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Seed and establishment limitation contribute to long-term native forb declines in California grasslands Author: Brandt, Angela J., Seabloom, Eric W. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://www.esa.org/. Title: Seed and establishment limitation contribute to long-term native forb declines in California grasslands Author: Brandt, Angela J., Seabloom, Eric W. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://www.esa.org/. Close

• 277. [Article] Development of a systematic sampling scheme for the Lake Washington drainage

  To determine productivity of fish, we will require an estimate of relative abundance that can be expanded later into estimates of biomass. Our work has shown that much of the fish production in Lake Washington ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Development of a systematic sampling scheme for the Lake Washington drainage Author: Wydoski, Richard S., U.S. International Biological Program. Coniferous Forest Biome, Whitney, Richard R., University of Washington To determine productivity of fish, we will require an estimate of relative abundance that can be expanded later into estimates of biomass. Our work has shown that much of the fish production in Lake Washington is in the form of nonsalmonid and nongame species, such as peamouth and northern squawfish. As the title of our proposal indicates, we are attempting to develop a systematic sampling scheme that eventually will allow us to estimate the relative abundance of the key species, or perhaps all 35 species, of fish that inhabit the drainage and to expand these estimates into terms of biomass or energy. Title: Development of a systematic sampling scheme for the Lake Washington drainage Author: Wydoski, Richard S., U.S. International Biological Program. Coniferous Forest Biome, Whitney, Richard R., University of Washington To determine productivity of fish, we will require an estimate of relative abundance that can be expanded later into estimates of biomass. Our work has shown that much of the fish production in Lake Washington is in the form of nonsalmonid and nongame species, such as peamouth and northern squawfish. As the title of our proposal indicates, we are attempting to develop a systematic sampling scheme that eventually will allow us to estimate the relative abundance of the key species, or perhaps all 35 species, of fish that inhabit the drainage and to expand these estimates into terms of biomass or energy. Close

• 278. [Article] Arrhinolemur scalabrinii Ameghino, 1898, of the late Miocene - a taxonomic journey from the Mammalia to the Anostomidae (Ostariophysi: Characiformes)

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the Sociedade Brasileira de Ictiologia and can be found at: http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_serial&pid=1679-6225&ln...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Arrhinolemur scalabrinii Ameghino, 1898, of the late Miocene - a taxonomic journey from the Mammalia to the Anostomidae (Ostariophysi: Characiformes) Author: Bogan, Sergio, Vari, Richard P., Agnolin, Federico, Sidlauskas, Brian This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the Sociedade Brasileira de Ictiologia and can be found at: http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_serial&pid=1679-6225&lng=en&nrm=iso. Title: Arrhinolemur scalabrinii Ameghino, 1898, of the late Miocene - a taxonomic journey from the Mammalia to the Anostomidae (Ostariophysi: Characiformes) Author: Bogan, Sergio, Vari, Richard P., Agnolin, Federico, Sidlauskas, Brian This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the Sociedade Brasileira de Ictiologia and can be found at: http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_serial&pid=1679-6225&lng=en&nrm=iso. Close

• 279. [Article] Systematics of the genus Ramaria inferred from nuclear large subunit and mitochondrial small subunit ribosomal DNA sequences

  Ramaria is a genus of epigeous fungi common to the coniferous forests of the Pacific Northwest of North America. The extensively branched basidiocarps and the positive chemical reaction of the context ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Systematics of the genus Ramaria inferred from nuclear large subunit and mitochondrial small subunit ribosomal DNA sequences Author: Humpert, Andrea J. Ramaria is a genus of epigeous fungi common to the coniferous forests of the Pacific Northwest of North America. The extensively branched basidiocarps and the positive chemical reaction of the context in ferric sulfate are distinguishing characteristics of the genus. The genus is estimated to contain between 200-300 species and is divided into four subgenera, i.) R. subgenus Ramaria, ii.) R. subgenus Laeticolora, iii.) R. subgenus Lentoramaria and iv.) R. subgenus Echinoramaria, according to macroscopic, microscopic and macrochemical characters. The systematics of Ramaria is problematic and confounded by intraspecific and possibly ontogenetic variation in several morphological traits. To test generic and intrageneric taxonomic classifications, two gene regions were sequenced and subjected to maximum parsimony analyses. The nuclear large subunit ribosomal DNA (nuc LSU rDNA) was used to test and refine generic, subgeneric and selected species concepts of Ramaria and the mitochondrial small subunit ribosomal DNA (mt SSU rDNA) was used as an independent locus to test the monophyly of Ramaria. Cladistic analyses of both loci indicated that Ramaria is paraphyletic due to several non-ramarioid taxa nested within the genus including Clavariadelphus, Gautieria, Gomphus and Kavinia. In the nuc LSU rDNA analyses, R. subgenus Ramaria species formed a monophyletic Glade and were indicated for the first time to be a sister group to Gautieria. Ramaria subgenus Ramaria and Gautieria were derived from R. subgenus Laeticolora, which formed a paraphyletic grade that included Gomphus. Ramaria subgenus Lentoramaria species also formed a paraphyletic grade in the nuc LSU rDNA analyses. The Phallales and Clavariadelphus were indicated as sister taxa to the R. stricta complex and Kavinia and R. abietina of R. subgenus Echinoramaria grouped with the basal species, R. pinicola, of R. subgenus Lentoramaria. In the mt SSU rDNA analyses, Gautieria and Gomphus again nested within Ramaria; however, the Phallales were indicated as a sister taxon to the Gomphales. A single evolutionary origin of the terrestrial habit was inferred for Ramaria with the terrestrial species, R. rainierensis, bridging the gap between the lignicolous R. subgenus Lentoramaria and the terrestrial R. subgenus Laeticolora. Species concepts tested included R. amyloidea and R. celerivirescens both of R. subgenus Laeticolora that differ primarily in the presence of clamp connections. The results supported these two taxa as distinct, sister species. These analyses were consistent with the ramarioid morphology as ancestral for the Gomphales with unique derivations of the club, false truffle and gomphoid morphologies. Title: Systematics of the genus Ramaria inferred from nuclear large subunit and mitochondrial small subunit ribosomal DNA sequences Author: Humpert, Andrea J. Ramaria is a genus of epigeous fungi common to the coniferous forests of the Pacific Northwest of North America. The extensively branched basidiocarps and the positive chemical reaction of the context in ferric sulfate are distinguishing characteristics of the genus. The genus is estimated to contain between 200-300 species and is divided into four subgenera, i.) R. subgenus Ramaria, ii.) R. subgenus Laeticolora, iii.) R. subgenus Lentoramaria and iv.) R. subgenus Echinoramaria, according to macroscopic, microscopic and macrochemical characters. The systematics of Ramaria is problematic and confounded by intraspecific and possibly ontogenetic variation in several morphological traits. To test generic and intrageneric taxonomic classifications, two gene regions were sequenced and subjected to maximum parsimony analyses. The nuclear large subunit ribosomal DNA (nuc LSU rDNA) was used to test and refine generic, subgeneric and selected species concepts of Ramaria and the mitochondrial small subunit ribosomal DNA (mt SSU rDNA) was used as an independent locus to test the monophyly of Ramaria. Cladistic analyses of both loci indicated that Ramaria is paraphyletic due to several non-ramarioid taxa nested within the genus including Clavariadelphus, Gautieria, Gomphus and Kavinia. In the nuc LSU rDNA analyses, R. subgenus Ramaria species formed a monophyletic Glade and were indicated for the first time to be a sister group to Gautieria. Ramaria subgenus Ramaria and Gautieria were derived from R. subgenus Laeticolora, which formed a paraphyletic grade that included Gomphus. Ramaria subgenus Lentoramaria species also formed a paraphyletic grade in the nuc LSU rDNA analyses. The Phallales and Clavariadelphus were indicated as sister taxa to the R. stricta complex and Kavinia and R. abietina of R. subgenus Echinoramaria grouped with the basal species, R. pinicola, of R. subgenus Lentoramaria. In the mt SSU rDNA analyses, Gautieria and Gomphus again nested within Ramaria; however, the Phallales were indicated as a sister taxon to the Gomphales. A single evolutionary origin of the terrestrial habit was inferred for Ramaria with the terrestrial species, R. rainierensis, bridging the gap between the lignicolous R. subgenus Lentoramaria and the terrestrial R. subgenus Laeticolora. Species concepts tested included R. amyloidea and R. celerivirescens both of R. subgenus Laeticolora that differ primarily in the presence of clamp connections. The results supported these two taxa as distinct, sister species. These analyses were consistent with the ramarioid morphology as ancestral for the Gomphales with unique derivations of the club, false truffle and gomphoid morphologies. Close

• 280. [Article] Similarities in understory vegetation composition between unthinned, thinned and old-growth Douglas fir stands in western Oregon

  Forest stands were studied to determine if old-growth forest structure could be mimicked in younger stands via overstory manipulation. Cover and species composition of understory plants were systematically ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Similarities in understory vegetation composition between unthinned, thinned and old-growth Douglas fir stands in western Oregon Author: Mayrsohn, Cheryl Forest stands were studied to determine if old-growth forest structure could be mimicked in younger stands via overstory manipulation. Cover and species composition of understory plants were systematically sampled in sixteen thinned second-growth stands and sixteen adjacent unthinned second-growth Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirabel) Franco.) stands. The stands were thinned twenty-four to thirteen years ago. These were compared to seven nearby old-growth stands. Thinned and unthinned stands had matching elevations, aspect, and soils, yet differed primarily in management treatment. Leaf area indices were determined for these stands. Thinned stands differed from the old-growth and unthinned stands in having significantly higher cover values and species numbers, apparently resulting from increased light to the forest floor and a greater variety of microhabitats created by thinning. Young unthinned and old-growth stands were comparable in terms of cover and richness, but differed in species composition. Diversity indices showed no difference in species diversity between the three types of stands. Ordination of the species/sample data using Detrended Correspondence Analysis showed that understory species composition of the young unthinned and thinned stands was nearly identical. Species composition of old-growth stands differed from thinned and unthinned stands. The ordination indicated that age of the stands, structure of the canopy layers and climate were major determining factors in the species composition of the understory plant communities. Management manipulation of the second growth stands did not yield stands with understory vegetation communities that mimicked those of old-growth stands. The conclusions of this study were: 1) Shrub cover increased with thinning as compared to unthinned and old-growth stands. 2) Thinning increased the species richness of the stands, without increasing the number of exotics. 3) Diversity was not altered by thinning. Old-growth, thinned and unthinned stands did not differ in diversity values. 4) Patterns of community composition in thinned stands were more similar to unthinned equivalent stands than to nearby old-growth. Title: Similarities in understory vegetation composition between unthinned, thinned and old-growth Douglas fir stands in western Oregon Author: Mayrsohn, Cheryl Forest stands were studied to determine if old-growth forest structure could be mimicked in younger stands via overstory manipulation. Cover and species composition of understory plants were systematically sampled in sixteen thinned second-growth stands and sixteen adjacent unthinned second-growth Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirabel) Franco.) stands. The stands were thinned twenty-four to thirteen years ago. These were compared to seven nearby old-growth stands. Thinned and unthinned stands had matching elevations, aspect, and soils, yet differed primarily in management treatment. Leaf area indices were determined for these stands. Thinned stands differed from the old-growth and unthinned stands in having significantly higher cover values and species numbers, apparently resulting from increased light to the forest floor and a greater variety of microhabitats created by thinning. Young unthinned and old-growth stands were comparable in terms of cover and richness, but differed in species composition. Diversity indices showed no difference in species diversity between the three types of stands. Ordination of the species/sample data using Detrended Correspondence Analysis showed that understory species composition of the young unthinned and thinned stands was nearly identical. Species composition of old-growth stands differed from thinned and unthinned stands. The ordination indicated that age of the stands, structure of the canopy layers and climate were major determining factors in the species composition of the understory plant communities. Management manipulation of the second growth stands did not yield stands with understory vegetation communities that mimicked those of old-growth stands. The conclusions of this study were: 1) Shrub cover increased with thinning as compared to unthinned and old-growth stands. 2) Thinning increased the species richness of the stands, without increasing the number of exotics. 3) Diversity was not altered by thinning. Old-growth, thinned and unthinned stands did not differ in diversity values. 4) Patterns of community composition in thinned stands were more similar to unthinned equivalent stands than to nearby old-growth. Close

• 281. [Article] Some aspects of the comparative ecology of fishes associated with juvenile sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum), in the lakes of the Naknek river system, Alaska

  A study of the distribution, relative abundance and diet of fishes sympatric with juvenile sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum), within the freshwater nursery areas of the Naknek River system was ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Some aspects of the comparative ecology of fishes associated with juvenile sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum), in the lakes of the Naknek river system, Alaska Author: Wallace, Richard L. A study of the distribution, relative abundance and diet of fishes sympatric with juvenile sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum), within the freshwater nursery areas of the Naknek River system was undertaken from 1961 to 1963. The study was part of an extensive investigation to determine what factors in the freshwater environment were limiting the size of the populations of sockeye salmon returning to the rivers of Bristol Bay, Alaska. The speties found associated with juvenile salmon in the limnetic zones of the Naknek system were the pond smelt, Hypomesus olidus (Pallas); the least cisco, Coregonus sardinella Valenciennes; the threespine stickleback, Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnaeus; and the ninespine stickleback, Pungitius pungitius (Linnaeus). Life history information was collected for these sympatric species. Tow nets were used to capture samples of fish from the limnetic portions of the nursery areas. Some samples were collected by beach seines, lake traps and otter trawls. Plankton samples were collected and compared to the diets of the limnetic fishes. Although some confusion has existed in the literature, I concluded that pond smelt of the Naknek system belong to Hypomesus olidus (Pallas). The populations of smelt were comprised of six age-groups in the late summer, but most specimens belonged to three age-groups. Most members of the species spawn in the spring of the fourth year of life. The estimated fecundity ranged from 900 to 4,300 eggs per female. Seven age-groups of least ciscoes were present in the populations of the Naknek system. The species in the Naknek system probably spawned for the first time in the fall of their fourth year. The estimated fecundity of two specimens was 4,006 and 14,380 eggs. Populations of three spine stickleback were comprised of three age-groups of fish. I was unable to assign ages to ninespine stickleback. Estimates of the fecundity of the species ranged from 116 to 456 eggs per female. All species studied were distributed throughout the Naknek system. The relative abundance of the fishes studied was variable between and within nursery areas and from year to year. The population densities of pond smelt and threespine stickleback were larger in the surface waters compared to the deep waters. The relative abundance of sockeye fry, yearlings and ninespine stickleback was greater in the surface stratum rather than the deep stratum in most nursery areas. The five main food items utilized by these limnetic species were cladocerans (Bosmina sp. and Daphnia sp.); copepods (cyclopoid copepods and Diaptomus sp.); and Dipteran insects. Analysis of the similarity of diets indicated that the diets of sockeye fry and pond smelt were more similar than were the diets of sockeye fry or yearlings and any other sympatric species. The diet of sockeye fry was more similar to that of either species of stickleback than was the diet of sockeye yearlings. An analysis of the food of various sizes of each species of fish indicated the diets of three age-groups of smelt were more similar than the diets of various age-groups of any other fish. The food composition of three age-groups of ciscoes and two size groups of both species of stickleback showed a strong positive correlation. The diets of sockeye fry and yearlings showed the weakest positive correlation of the species studied. All species of fish studied selectively fed on one or more components of the zooplankton. Daphnia sp. and cyclopoid copepods were strongly selected in Lake Coville. Cyclopoids were selected in South Bay. Bosmina sp. was selected from the waters of West End. In Lake Coville, the greatest potential competition for food probably existed between the large populations of pond smelt and sockeye fry. In the West End nursery area, potential competition between juvenile salmon and both species of stickleback may not be severe, depending on the age composition of the salmon population present in the nursery area. The possibility exists that the relatively low numbers of adult sockeye salmon returning to the comparatively rich lakes of the Naknek River system is due to the presence of large populations of sympatric species of fish. Each of these sympatric species feed on the same general types of food organisms as do the juvenile salmon and may affect the numbers of young salmon that leave the lake, and subsequently return from the ocean. Title: Some aspects of the comparative ecology of fishes associated with juvenile sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum), in the lakes of the Naknek river system, Alaska Author: Wallace, Richard L. A study of the distribution, relative abundance and diet of fishes sympatric with juvenile sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum), within the freshwater nursery areas of the Naknek River system was undertaken from 1961 to 1963. The study was part of an extensive investigation to determine what factors in the freshwater environment were limiting the size of the populations of sockeye salmon returning to the rivers of Bristol Bay, Alaska. The speties found associated with juvenile salmon in the limnetic zones of the Naknek system were the pond smelt, Hypomesus olidus (Pallas); the least cisco, Coregonus sardinella Valenciennes; the threespine stickleback, Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnaeus; and the ninespine stickleback, Pungitius pungitius (Linnaeus). Life history information was collected for these sympatric species. Tow nets were used to capture samples of fish from the limnetic portions of the nursery areas. Some samples were collected by beach seines, lake traps and otter trawls. Plankton samples were collected and compared to the diets of the limnetic fishes. Although some confusion has existed in the literature, I concluded that pond smelt of the Naknek system belong to Hypomesus olidus (Pallas). The populations of smelt were comprised of six age-groups in the late summer, but most specimens belonged to three age-groups. Most members of the species spawn in the spring of the fourth year of life. The estimated fecundity ranged from 900 to 4,300 eggs per female. Seven age-groups of least ciscoes were present in the populations of the Naknek system. The species in the Naknek system probably spawned for the first time in the fall of their fourth year. The estimated fecundity of two specimens was 4,006 and 14,380 eggs. Populations of three spine stickleback were comprised of three age-groups of fish. I was unable to assign ages to ninespine stickleback. Estimates of the fecundity of the species ranged from 116 to 456 eggs per female. All species studied were distributed throughout the Naknek system. The relative abundance of the fishes studied was variable between and within nursery areas and from year to year. The population densities of pond smelt and threespine stickleback were larger in the surface waters compared to the deep waters. The relative abundance of sockeye fry, yearlings and ninespine stickleback was greater in the surface stratum rather than the deep stratum in most nursery areas. The five main food items utilized by these limnetic species were cladocerans (Bosmina sp. and Daphnia sp.); copepods (cyclopoid copepods and Diaptomus sp.); and Dipteran insects. Analysis of the similarity of diets indicated that the diets of sockeye fry and pond smelt were more similar than were the diets of sockeye fry or yearlings and any other sympatric species. The diet of sockeye fry was more similar to that of either species of stickleback than was the diet of sockeye yearlings. An analysis of the food of various sizes of each species of fish indicated the diets of three age-groups of smelt were more similar than the diets of various age-groups of any other fish. The food composition of three age-groups of ciscoes and two size groups of both species of stickleback showed a strong positive correlation. The diets of sockeye fry and yearlings showed the weakest positive correlation of the species studied. All species of fish studied selectively fed on one or more components of the zooplankton. Daphnia sp. and cyclopoid copepods were strongly selected in Lake Coville. Cyclopoids were selected in South Bay. Bosmina sp. was selected from the waters of West End. In Lake Coville, the greatest potential competition for food probably existed between the large populations of pond smelt and sockeye fry. In the West End nursery area, potential competition between juvenile salmon and both species of stickleback may not be severe, depending on the age composition of the salmon population present in the nursery area. The possibility exists that the relatively low numbers of adult sockeye salmon returning to the comparatively rich lakes of the Naknek River system is due to the presence of large populations of sympatric species of fish. Each of these sympatric species feed on the same general types of food organisms as do the juvenile salmon and may affect the numbers of young salmon that leave the lake, and subsequently return from the ocean. Close

• 282. [Article] Survey of Aquatic Plants in Corps of Engineers Reservoirs

  A survey of aquatic plants in a selected Corps of Engineers reservoirs in Oregon was conducted. Cottage Grove, Dorena, Fern Ridge, Dexter and Willow Creek Reservoirs contained abundant aquatic plants. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Survey of Aquatic Plants in Corps of Engineers Reservoirs Author: Walker, Kimberly D., Sytsma, Mark D. Year: 2000 A survey of aquatic plants in a selected Corps of Engineers reservoirs in Oregon was conducted. Cottage Grove, Dorena, Fern Ridge, Dexter and Willow Creek Reservoirs contained abundant aquatic plants. Potamogeton pectinatus and Potamogeton epihydrous were the most common native plant species. Myriophyllum aquaticum and Potamogeton crispus were the most widespread nonnative plants. Species richness in the reservoirs was correlated with trophic status and basin morphology. Shallow reservoirs that included extensive areas of nutrient-rich sediments that were historic flood plain soils supported the greatest biomass and number of species. Mesotrophic reservoirs had lower species diversity. Oligotrophic reservoirs with steep basin morphology, nutrient-poor sediments, and large water level fluctuation did not support aquatic vascular plant populations. An aquatic plant management program should be developed for the reservoirs. The program should focus on preventing introduction and spread of invasive aquatic plants and on rapid response procedures for new infestations. Those reservoirs that currently support aquatic macrophyte communities may be most susceptible to invasion and rapid spread of new introductions, however, even reservoirs that are currently free of aquatic plants may be invaded. Early detection is critical to effective implementation of rapid response procedures for invasive aquatic plant control. Annual survey of the most productive reservoirs is recommended to document introduction of new species. Plant community composition changes during the growing season, and multiple surveys during the growing season are preferred over one-time visits. Management of established populations of invasive species in the reservoirs will be difficult. Where invasive plant abundance is limited in area and number management activities may be implemented to slow dispersal and perhaps eradicate the plants. Integrated pest management procedures should be followed to ensure effective and economical aquatic plant control. Title: Survey of Aquatic Plants in Corps of Engineers Reservoirs Author: Walker, Kimberly D., Sytsma, Mark D. Year: 2000 A survey of aquatic plants in a selected Corps of Engineers reservoirs in Oregon was conducted. Cottage Grove, Dorena, Fern Ridge, Dexter and Willow Creek Reservoirs contained abundant aquatic plants. Potamogeton pectinatus and Potamogeton epihydrous were the most common native plant species. Myriophyllum aquaticum and Potamogeton crispus were the most widespread nonnative plants. Species richness in the reservoirs was correlated with trophic status and basin morphology. Shallow reservoirs that included extensive areas of nutrient-rich sediments that were historic flood plain soils supported the greatest biomass and number of species. Mesotrophic reservoirs had lower species diversity. Oligotrophic reservoirs with steep basin morphology, nutrient-poor sediments, and large water level fluctuation did not support aquatic vascular plant populations. An aquatic plant management program should be developed for the reservoirs. The program should focus on preventing introduction and spread of invasive aquatic plants and on rapid response procedures for new infestations. Those reservoirs that currently support aquatic macrophyte communities may be most susceptible to invasion and rapid spread of new introductions, however, even reservoirs that are currently free of aquatic plants may be invaded. Early detection is critical to effective implementation of rapid response procedures for invasive aquatic plant control. Annual survey of the most productive reservoirs is recommended to document introduction of new species. Plant community composition changes during the growing season, and multiple surveys during the growing season are preferred over one-time visits. Management of established populations of invasive species in the reservoirs will be difficult. Where invasive plant abundance is limited in area and number management activities may be implemented to slow dispersal and perhaps eradicate the plants. Integrated pest management procedures should be followed to ensure effective and economical aquatic plant control. Close

• 283. [Article] Macrofaunal modification of porewater advection: role of species function, species interaction, and kinetics

  This article is copyrighted by Inter Research and can be found at http://www.int-res.com/articles/meps_oa/m311p217.pdf.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Macrofaunal modification of porewater advection: role of species function, species interaction, and kinetics Author: Marinelli, Roberta L., Waldbusser, George G. This article is copyrighted by Inter Research and can be found at http://www.int-res.com/articles/meps_oa/m311p217.pdf. Title: Macrofaunal modification of porewater advection: role of species function, species interaction, and kinetics Author: Marinelli, Roberta L., Waldbusser, George G. This article is copyrighted by Inter Research and can be found at http://www.int-res.com/articles/meps_oa/m311p217.pdf. Close

• 284. [Article] Toward predicting community-level effects of climate: relative temperature scaling of metabolic and ingestion rates

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://www.esajournals.org/loi/ecol. Supplemental Material can be found ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Toward predicting community-level effects of climate: relative temperature scaling of metabolic and ingestion rates Author: Iles, Alison C. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://www.esajournals.org/loi/ecol. Supplemental Material can be found at: http://www.esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E095/231/ Title: Toward predicting community-level effects of climate: relative temperature scaling of metabolic and ingestion rates Author: Iles, Alison C. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://www.esajournals.org/loi/ecol. Supplemental Material can be found at: http://www.esapubs.org/archive/ecol/E095/231/ Close

• 285. [Article] Relationships between fish species distribution and habitat in the Willamette River drainage in western Oregon

  The objectives of this study were to (1) describe physical environmental conditions and species composition at several sites along an Upstream/downstream gradient in a number of tributaries of the Willamette ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Relationships between fish species distribution and habitat in the Willamette River drainage in western Oregon Author: Kruse, Amy Ellen The objectives of this study were to (1) describe physical environmental conditions and species composition at several sites along an Upstream/downstream gradient in a number of tributaries of the Willamette River in western Oregon; and (2) identify possible relationships between species distributional patterns and physical habitat parameters using detrended correspondence analysis (DCA), graphical techniques, and contingency table analysis. Study sites that contained both pools and riffles were selected at various locations on seven streams. At each site 13 physical environmental parameters were measured, and fish species composition and abundance were determined by snorkeling and electroshocking techniques. Associations between environmental conditions and species composition and abundances were hypothesized using the results of DCA. The DCA analysis revealed three habitat gradients, each of which represents a composite of several physical habitat variables. Axis one was interpreted as a habitat gradient from pools to riffles based upon observations of temperature, depth, and percent gravel and bedrock. Axis two appeared to be a gradient of habitat cover types; instream cover (undercut banks, root wads and boles, woody debris, and rooted vegetation) typified one end of the axis and other cover types (riparian vegetation, large substrate composition, and swift water velocities) were indicative of the opposite end of the axis. Axis three seemed to be gradient of stream discharge. Species scores differed along each axis due to the variation in specific responses to these different physical habitat gradients. A three-dimensional graph of species scores for all three axes was used to predict fish community responses to potential human perturbations of the Willamette River drainage given known effects of these perturbations on the physical parameters underlying the three gradients. Title: Relationships between fish species distribution and habitat in the Willamette River drainage in western Oregon Author: Kruse, Amy Ellen The objectives of this study were to (1) describe physical environmental conditions and species composition at several sites along an Upstream/downstream gradient in a number of tributaries of the Willamette River in western Oregon; and (2) identify possible relationships between species distributional patterns and physical habitat parameters using detrended correspondence analysis (DCA), graphical techniques, and contingency table analysis. Study sites that contained both pools and riffles were selected at various locations on seven streams. At each site 13 physical environmental parameters were measured, and fish species composition and abundance were determined by snorkeling and electroshocking techniques. Associations between environmental conditions and species composition and abundances were hypothesized using the results of DCA. The DCA analysis revealed three habitat gradients, each of which represents a composite of several physical habitat variables. Axis one was interpreted as a habitat gradient from pools to riffles based upon observations of temperature, depth, and percent gravel and bedrock. Axis two appeared to be a gradient of habitat cover types; instream cover (undercut banks, root wads and boles, woody debris, and rooted vegetation) typified one end of the axis and other cover types (riparian vegetation, large substrate composition, and swift water velocities) were indicative of the opposite end of the axis. Axis three seemed to be gradient of stream discharge. Species scores differed along each axis due to the variation in specific responses to these different physical habitat gradients. A three-dimensional graph of species scores for all three axes was used to predict fish community responses to potential human perturbations of the Willamette River drainage given known effects of these perturbations on the physical parameters underlying the three gradients. Close

• 286. [Article] Plant reproductive ecology and community structure along a subalpine snowmelt gradient

  The seasonal duration of snow cover is a primary factor influencing the patterns of vegetation in high subalpine and alpine environments, but little is known concerning the responses of plant reproduction ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Plant reproductive ecology and community structure along a subalpine snowmelt gradient Author: Ingersoll, Cheryl A. The seasonal duration of snow cover is a primary factor influencing the patterns of vegetation in high subalpine and alpine environments, but little is known concerning the responses of plant reproduction and seedling recruitment to gradients of snow-release. Vegetation patterns of a high subalpine site in the Oregon High Cascades were described and related to important environmental factors. Life history stages constraining reproduction and recruitment of five perennial alpine species were investigated by monitoring phenology, reproduction, and the emergence and survival of experimentally sown seedlings. Abundance of the persistent buried seed bank was assessed. Detrended Correspondence Analysis ordination revealed timing of snow-release to be the primary factor influencing vegetation patterns on the site. Degree of soil development was next in importance. Nine community types were identified, representing shifts in species dominance in response to these two gradients. Seven of these community types are widespread in alpine or high subalpine areas in the Pacific Northwest. Reproductive phenologies of four of the five species were significantly compressed in response to late snow-release. The short growing season does not limit seed production in four of the five species; fertilization failure, fruit abortion, and seed predation did limit seed production of four species in one year. Seedling emergence and establishment were extremely low, occurring almost exclusively in protected microsites away from mature plants. For all species, the primary loss of potential offspring occurred between seed dispersal and seedling emergence, and was attributed to lethal effects of high soil surface temperatures and drought. The abundant persistent seed bank was heavily dominated by two species with very low cover in the standing vegetation. Even bare soils contained large numbers of seeds, indicating that the establishment of vegetation on the site is not limited by availability of seeds, but of seedling safe sites. Patterns of reproduction and recruitment explain much of the existing vegetation patterns on this site. A more complete explanation would also require an understanding of the responses of reproduction and recruitment to longterm environmental fluctuations. Title: Plant reproductive ecology and community structure along a subalpine snowmelt gradient Author: Ingersoll, Cheryl A. The seasonal duration of snow cover is a primary factor influencing the patterns of vegetation in high subalpine and alpine environments, but little is known concerning the responses of plant reproduction and seedling recruitment to gradients of snow-release. Vegetation patterns of a high subalpine site in the Oregon High Cascades were described and related to important environmental factors. Life history stages constraining reproduction and recruitment of five perennial alpine species were investigated by monitoring phenology, reproduction, and the emergence and survival of experimentally sown seedlings. Abundance of the persistent buried seed bank was assessed. Detrended Correspondence Analysis ordination revealed timing of snow-release to be the primary factor influencing vegetation patterns on the site. Degree of soil development was next in importance. Nine community types were identified, representing shifts in species dominance in response to these two gradients. Seven of these community types are widespread in alpine or high subalpine areas in the Pacific Northwest. Reproductive phenologies of four of the five species were significantly compressed in response to late snow-release. The short growing season does not limit seed production in four of the five species; fertilization failure, fruit abortion, and seed predation did limit seed production of four species in one year. Seedling emergence and establishment were extremely low, occurring almost exclusively in protected microsites away from mature plants. For all species, the primary loss of potential offspring occurred between seed dispersal and seedling emergence, and was attributed to lethal effects of high soil surface temperatures and drought. The abundant persistent seed bank was heavily dominated by two species with very low cover in the standing vegetation. Even bare soils contained large numbers of seeds, indicating that the establishment of vegetation on the site is not limited by availability of seeds, but of seedling safe sites. Patterns of reproduction and recruitment explain much of the existing vegetation patterns on this site. A more complete explanation would also require an understanding of the responses of reproduction and recruitment to longterm environmental fluctuations. Close

• 287. [Article] Standardizing germination protocols for diverse raspberry and blackberry species

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: www.elsevier.com/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Standardizing germination protocols for diverse raspberry and blackberry species Author: Wada, Sugae, Reed, Barbara M. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: www.elsevier.com/. Title: Standardizing germination protocols for diverse raspberry and blackberry species Author: Wada, Sugae, Reed, Barbara M. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: www.elsevier.com/. Close

• 288. [Article] Competitive interactions between Douglas-fir and red alder seedlings : growth analysis, resource use, and physiology

  Competitive interactions between Douglas-fir seedlings (Pseudotsuga menziesii), and seedlings of a nitrogen-fixing hardwood associate, red alder (Alnus rubra), were investigated in an addition series experiment. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Competitive interactions between Douglas-fir and red alder seedlings : growth analysis, resource use, and physiology Author: Shainsky, Lauri J. Competitive interactions between Douglas-fir seedlings (Pseudotsuga menziesii), and seedlings of a nitrogen-fixing hardwood associate, red alder (Alnus rubra), were investigated in an addition series experiment. The primary objective of the research was to identify and quantify key processes underlying intra- and interspecific competitive interactions of Douglas-fir and red alder seedlings. Seedlings of both species were planted into five monoculture densities of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 trees m⁻², and into mixtures of all possible pairwise combinations of these densities. Stem diameter and height were measured monthly, and were used to calculate relative growth rates. Soil moisture depletion was monitored using the neutron scattering method. An index of light availability was measured through fisheye photography and computer digitization. Leaf water potential served as a physiological indicator of water stress physiology. Predictive equations were developed for estimating the affect of species densities on tree yield and growth as they changed with time. Patterns in resource use and physiology were also modeled as functions of competitive regime. Yield, absolute growth, and relative growth rates based on an index of stem volume of both species declined quantitatively in response to intra- and interspecific competition. The competitive effects of red alder intensified with time, as the dominant overstory species grew taller and shaded the understory Douglas-fir. Resource availability and physiological performance were reduced quantitatively in response to the density of each species. Manipulation of both species densities influenced productivity through the modification of canopy structure, light pentration, and soil moisture availability. This study demonstrated that species density, resources, and physiology interact in a complex fashion to produce patterns of yield in stands of competing trees. Title: Competitive interactions between Douglas-fir and red alder seedlings : growth analysis, resource use, and physiology Author: Shainsky, Lauri J. Competitive interactions between Douglas-fir seedlings (Pseudotsuga menziesii), and seedlings of a nitrogen-fixing hardwood associate, red alder (Alnus rubra), were investigated in an addition series experiment. The primary objective of the research was to identify and quantify key processes underlying intra- and interspecific competitive interactions of Douglas-fir and red alder seedlings. Seedlings of both species were planted into five monoculture densities of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 trees m⁻², and into mixtures of all possible pairwise combinations of these densities. Stem diameter and height were measured monthly, and were used to calculate relative growth rates. Soil moisture depletion was monitored using the neutron scattering method. An index of light availability was measured through fisheye photography and computer digitization. Leaf water potential served as a physiological indicator of water stress physiology. Predictive equations were developed for estimating the affect of species densities on tree yield and growth as they changed with time. Patterns in resource use and physiology were also modeled as functions of competitive regime. Yield, absolute growth, and relative growth rates based on an index of stem volume of both species declined quantitatively in response to intra- and interspecific competition. The competitive effects of red alder intensified with time, as the dominant overstory species grew taller and shaded the understory Douglas-fir. Resource availability and physiological performance were reduced quantitatively in response to the density of each species. Manipulation of both species densities influenced productivity through the modification of canopy structure, light pentration, and soil moisture availability. This study demonstrated that species density, resources, and physiology interact in a complex fashion to produce patterns of yield in stands of competing trees. Close

• 289. [Article] Heterospecific information transfer within a guild of avian scavengers in Central Oregon

  Heterospecific competition for carrion may influence community structure as dominant species are predicted to exploit subordinate, social species to find food. We used camera traps and ungulate carcasses ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Heterospecific information transfer within a guild of avian scavengers in Central Oregon Author: Orr, Matthew, Nelson, Jon D., Weidner, Emily C. Heterospecific competition for carrion may influence community structure as dominant species are predicted to exploit subordinate, social species to find food. We used camera traps and ungulate carcasses to assess scavenger interactions in central Oregon. Preliminary analyses indicate that raptor arrival at carcasses correlated with arrival of ravens (Corvus corax) and raptors usually arrived second; however, there was no difference in raptor and raven arrival time between closed and open carcasses. Ravens gained access to flesh after raptors perforated the hide and there were significant differences in feeding locations before and after raptor arrival. Our results indicate ravens could benefit from raptor arrival, although benefits may flow both directions. These data may suggest that one scavenging species uses another to locate a carcass. Title: Heterospecific information transfer within a guild of avian scavengers in Central Oregon Author: Orr, Matthew, Nelson, Jon D., Weidner, Emily C. Heterospecific competition for carrion may influence community structure as dominant species are predicted to exploit subordinate, social species to find food. We used camera traps and ungulate carcasses to assess scavenger interactions in central Oregon. Preliminary analyses indicate that raptor arrival at carcasses correlated with arrival of ravens (Corvus corax) and raptors usually arrived second; however, there was no difference in raptor and raven arrival time between closed and open carcasses. Ravens gained access to flesh after raptors perforated the hide and there were significant differences in feeding locations before and after raptor arrival. Our results indicate ravens could benefit from raptor arrival, although benefits may flow both directions. These data may suggest that one scavenging species uses another to locate a carcass. Close

• 290. [Article] OSU Marine Team: Long-term sampling of ichthyofauna in Yaquina Bay

  PDF of PowerPoint presentation (16 slides)

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: OSU Marine Team: Long-term sampling of ichthyofauna in Yaquina Bay Author: Gallagher, Brett, Heppell, Selina, Heppell, Scott PDF of PowerPoint presentation (16 slides) Title: OSU Marine Team: Long-term sampling of ichthyofauna in Yaquina Bay Author: Gallagher, Brett, Heppell, Selina, Heppell, Scott PDF of PowerPoint presentation (16 slides) Close

• 291. [Article] Indicators for Ecosystem Externalities in Fishing

  Ecosystem externalities arise when one use of an ecosystem affects its other uses through the production functions of the ecosystem. We use simulations from a size-spectrum ecosystem model to investigate ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Indicators for Ecosystem Externalities in Fishing Author: Andersen, Ken H., Vestergaard, Niels, Ravn-Jonsen, Lars Ecosystem externalities arise when one use of an ecosystem affects its other uses through the production functions of the ecosystem. We use simulations from a size-spectrum ecosystem model to investigate the ecosystem externality created by fishing of multiple species. The model is based upon general ecological principles and is calibrated to the North Sea. Two fleets are considered: a `forage fish’ fleet targeting species that mature at small sizes and a `large fish’ fleet targeting large piscivorous species. Based on the marginal analysis of the present value of the rent, we develop a benefit indicator that explicitly divides the consequences of fishing into internal and external benefits. This analysis demonstrates that the forage fish fleet has a notable economic impact on the large fish fleet, but the reverse is not true. The impact can be either negative or positive, which entails that for optimal economic exploitation, the forage fishery has to be adjusted according to the large fish fishery. With the present large fish fishery in the North Sea, the two fisheries are well adjusted; however, the present combined exploration level is too high to achieve optimal economic rents. Title: Indicators for Ecosystem Externalities in Fishing Author: Andersen, Ken H., Vestergaard, Niels, Ravn-Jonsen, Lars Ecosystem externalities arise when one use of an ecosystem affects its other uses through the production functions of the ecosystem. We use simulations from a size-spectrum ecosystem model to investigate the ecosystem externality created by fishing of multiple species. The model is based upon general ecological principles and is calibrated to the North Sea. Two fleets are considered: a `forage fish’ fleet targeting species that mature at small sizes and a `large fish’ fleet targeting large piscivorous species. Based on the marginal analysis of the present value of the rent, we develop a benefit indicator that explicitly divides the consequences of fishing into internal and external benefits. This analysis demonstrates that the forage fish fleet has a notable economic impact on the large fish fleet, but the reverse is not true. The impact can be either negative or positive, which entails that for optimal economic exploitation, the forage fishery has to be adjusted according to the large fish fishery. With the present large fish fishery in the North Sea, the two fisheries are well adjusted; however, the present combined exploration level is too high to achieve optimal economic rents. Close

• 292. [Article] Fungal diversity within decomposing woody conifer roots in Oregon

  Previous studies have indicated that roots from five tree species (Picea sitchensis, Tsuga heterophylla, Pseudotsuga menziesii, Pinus ponderosa, and Pinus contorta) decompose at different rates across ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Fungal diversity within decomposing woody conifer roots in Oregon Author: Vandegrift, V. Eleanor Previous studies have indicated that roots from five tree species (Picea sitchensis, Tsuga heterophylla, Pseudotsuga menziesii, Pinus ponderosa, and Pinus contorta) decompose at different rates across an environmental gradient in Oregon. Measurements of wood chemistry from each tree species as well as moisture and temperature from each location do not explain the differences in decomposition rates. Molecular techniques were employed to generate Internal Transcribed Spacer - Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (1TS-RFLP) patterns to examine saprotrophic fungi in roots of these tree species and to see if differences in the fungal communities might explain observed differences in decomposition rates. However, due to a large number of ITS-RFLP patterns recovered and low levels of similarity in ITS-RFLP patterns across samples, we were unable to explain root decomposition based upon the fungal community information. Consequently, the analysis focused on comparing levels of ITS-RFLP similarity at each sampling level, determining the extent to which the sampling methods captured the total fungal biodiversity, and examining samples with microscopy and gene sequencing techniques to identify fungi. Root samples were retrieved from trees cut seven to fifteen years prior to sampling. Two tree species were sampled at each of three locations across Oregon. DNA was extracted from hyphae samples collected directly from roots, and fungi cultured from root chips. DNA was also extracted from fungal herbarium specimens, field collected samples, and cultures of saprotrophic fungi. To analyze genetic diversity of the samples, they were amplified using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) techniques, digested with endonucleases (Hinf I, Dpn II, and Hae III), and ITS-RFLP patterns were evaluated. Nei and Li similarity index analyses were used to compare differences in fungal composition based upon ITS-RFLP patterns between tree species, sites, and harvest stands. Over two hundred distinct ITS-RFLP patterns were recognized from fungal samples. Similarities in ITS-RFLP patterns of hyphal and cultured samples ranged 0 to 1, where 0 indicated no overlap and 1 indicated 100% matching of ITS-RFLPs. When all ITS-RFLPs obtained from each stump were combined, similarities in patterns between sites ranged from 0 to 0.07, from 0 to 0.13 between tree species, from 0 to 0.11 between harvest stands, and from 0 to 0.67 between individual stumps. Linearly increasing JTS-RFLP sampling intensity curves indicate a large diversity of fungi. Using microscopy, cultured samples were examined for hyphae and reproductive structures. In culture, zygomycetous structures were prevalent. DNA gene sequences of the nuclear large and small subunits were used to place unknown ITS-RFLP patterns into family and generic groups. Twenty-three common and five uncommon ITS-RFLP patterns were sequenced; most matched with the Mortierellaceae and Mucoraceae families of the zygomycetes. The large diversity of ITS-RFLP patterns indicates the coarse roots provided habitat to many fungi at the stage of decomposition when samples were collected. Title: Fungal diversity within decomposing woody conifer roots in Oregon Author: Vandegrift, V. Eleanor Previous studies have indicated that roots from five tree species (Picea sitchensis, Tsuga heterophylla, Pseudotsuga menziesii, Pinus ponderosa, and Pinus contorta) decompose at different rates across an environmental gradient in Oregon. Measurements of wood chemistry from each tree species as well as moisture and temperature from each location do not explain the differences in decomposition rates. Molecular techniques were employed to generate Internal Transcribed Spacer - Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (1TS-RFLP) patterns to examine saprotrophic fungi in roots of these tree species and to see if differences in the fungal communities might explain observed differences in decomposition rates. However, due to a large number of ITS-RFLP patterns recovered and low levels of similarity in ITS-RFLP patterns across samples, we were unable to explain root decomposition based upon the fungal community information. Consequently, the analysis focused on comparing levels of ITS-RFLP similarity at each sampling level, determining the extent to which the sampling methods captured the total fungal biodiversity, and examining samples with microscopy and gene sequencing techniques to identify fungi. Root samples were retrieved from trees cut seven to fifteen years prior to sampling. Two tree species were sampled at each of three locations across Oregon. DNA was extracted from hyphae samples collected directly from roots, and fungi cultured from root chips. DNA was also extracted from fungal herbarium specimens, field collected samples, and cultures of saprotrophic fungi. To analyze genetic diversity of the samples, they were amplified using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) techniques, digested with endonucleases (Hinf I, Dpn II, and Hae III), and ITS-RFLP patterns were evaluated. Nei and Li similarity index analyses were used to compare differences in fungal composition based upon ITS-RFLP patterns between tree species, sites, and harvest stands. Over two hundred distinct ITS-RFLP patterns were recognized from fungal samples. Similarities in ITS-RFLP patterns of hyphal and cultured samples ranged 0 to 1, where 0 indicated no overlap and 1 indicated 100% matching of ITS-RFLPs. When all ITS-RFLPs obtained from each stump were combined, similarities in patterns between sites ranged from 0 to 0.07, from 0 to 0.13 between tree species, from 0 to 0.11 between harvest stands, and from 0 to 0.67 between individual stumps. Linearly increasing JTS-RFLP sampling intensity curves indicate a large diversity of fungi. Using microscopy, cultured samples were examined for hyphae and reproductive structures. In culture, zygomycetous structures were prevalent. DNA gene sequences of the nuclear large and small subunits were used to place unknown ITS-RFLP patterns into family and generic groups. Twenty-three common and five uncommon ITS-RFLP patterns were sequenced; most matched with the Mortierellaceae and Mucoraceae families of the zygomycetes. The large diversity of ITS-RFLP patterns indicates the coarse roots provided habitat to many fungi at the stage of decomposition when samples were collected. Close

• 293. [Article] The Limitation of Spread of Non-native Marine Invertebrates from Artificial Structures to Natural Habitats

  Artificial structures created for aquatic anthropogenic activities are often colonized and fouled by many non-native species, few of which have invaded natural areas. Some research has indicated predation ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Limitation of Spread of Non-native Marine Invertebrates from Artificial Structures to Natural Habitats Author: McClees, Whitney, de Rivera, Catherine E. Year: 2017 Artificial structures created for aquatic anthropogenic activities are often colonized and fouled by many non-native species, few of which have invaded natural areas. Some research has indicated predation is limiting the spread of non-native species, while other research has indicated that it is dispersal-driven. To determine the effects of dispersal limitation and predation on the risk to surrounding habitats of being invaded by non-native species established on marina docks, we used a three-factor design, deploying seven unglazed ceramic panels per each treatment combination of 1) inside versus outside a marina in Yaquina Bay, Oregon; 2) cage keeping out predators >mesh size, no cage, or partial cage; 3) fixed near the substrata (benthic) versus floating 1m below the surface. We also moved panels of either adults or recruits from floating in the marina to any of the treatment combinations to test if they would have lower survival outside by the substrate. The community on panels suspended in the marina only minimally overlapped with panels outside of the marina near the bottom. However, there was no difference between the cage treatments, which suggests that predators excluded by the cages are not responsible for the observed differences in species richness or composition. Title: The Limitation of Spread of Non-native Marine Invertebrates from Artificial Structures to Natural Habitats Author: McClees, Whitney, de Rivera, Catherine E. Year: 2017 Artificial structures created for aquatic anthropogenic activities are often colonized and fouled by many non-native species, few of which have invaded natural areas. Some research has indicated predation is limiting the spread of non-native species, while other research has indicated that it is dispersal-driven. To determine the effects of dispersal limitation and predation on the risk to surrounding habitats of being invaded by non-native species established on marina docks, we used a three-factor design, deploying seven unglazed ceramic panels per each treatment combination of 1) inside versus outside a marina in Yaquina Bay, Oregon; 2) cage keeping out predators >mesh size, no cage, or partial cage; 3) fixed near the substrata (benthic) versus floating 1m below the surface. We also moved panels of either adults or recruits from floating in the marina to any of the treatment combinations to test if they would have lower survival outside by the substrate. The community on panels suspended in the marina only minimally overlapped with panels outside of the marina near the bottom. However, there was no difference between the cage treatments, which suggests that predators excluded by the cages are not responsible for the observed differences in species richness or composition. Close

• 294. [Article] Seed viability studies for recovery of Plagiobothrys hirtus (Boraginaceae), the rough popcornflower

  The original submitted file is the .ppt file. The .pdf file was made for preservation purposes.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Seed viability studies for recovery of Plagiobothrys hirtus (Boraginaceae), the rough popcornflower Author: Amsberry, Kelly, Wilson, Courtney, Meinke, Robert J. The original submitted file is the .ppt file. The .pdf file was made for preservation purposes. Title: Seed viability studies for recovery of Plagiobothrys hirtus (Boraginaceae), the rough popcornflower Author: Amsberry, Kelly, Wilson, Courtney, Meinke, Robert J. The original submitted file is the .ppt file. The .pdf file was made for preservation purposes. Close

• 295. [Article] The population dynamics and growth of salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis) and thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus)

  Salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis) and thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus) are clonal shrub species common to reforestation sites in the Oregon Coast Range. These species have economic importance, because they ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The population dynamics and growth of salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis) and thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus) Author: Maxwell, Bruce D. Salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis) and thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus) are clonal shrub species common to reforestation sites in the Oregon Coast Range. These species have economic importance, because they reduce conifer seedling growth and survival. A population modeling approach was used to facilitate study of the biology of these species and to assess management practices. A generic Rubus transition matrix model was developed from the literature and used to generate hypotheses and focus research on demographic processes governing population dynamics. Sensitivity analysis on the model indicated that transition from basal buds to sprouts, shoot survival, sprout transition to mature vegetative shoots, and basal bud production on mature vegetative shoots were important processes influencing population growth. High basal bud production potential and sprout survival and growth relative to seedlings indicated that populations should be dominated by sprouts rather than seedlings. Density-biomass relationships conformed to the constant final yield theory. The influence of density on demographic processes was inconsistent over time and sites indicating that the intensity of competition is not constant. Therefore, density-dependence is a dynamic population growth regulating mechanism. The model was refined by incorporating the species specific influence of phenology, environments at different sites, and intraspecific density on demographic processes. Population simulations were compared with observations on planted and adjacent wild populations for the first three growing seasons. An average of 71% of the variation in observed planted population and 81% in wild population shoot dynamics was accounted for by the simulations. Canopy cover and height growth were simulated in the model as a function of density. Simulations of a herbicide treatment and manual cutting demonstrated the utility of the model for evaluating salmonberry and thimbleberry management tactics. Title: The population dynamics and growth of salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis) and thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus) Author: Maxwell, Bruce D. Salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis) and thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus) are clonal shrub species common to reforestation sites in the Oregon Coast Range. These species have economic importance, because they reduce conifer seedling growth and survival. A population modeling approach was used to facilitate study of the biology of these species and to assess management practices. A generic Rubus transition matrix model was developed from the literature and used to generate hypotheses and focus research on demographic processes governing population dynamics. Sensitivity analysis on the model indicated that transition from basal buds to sprouts, shoot survival, sprout transition to mature vegetative shoots, and basal bud production on mature vegetative shoots were important processes influencing population growth. High basal bud production potential and sprout survival and growth relative to seedlings indicated that populations should be dominated by sprouts rather than seedlings. Density-biomass relationships conformed to the constant final yield theory. The influence of density on demographic processes was inconsistent over time and sites indicating that the intensity of competition is not constant. Therefore, density-dependence is a dynamic population growth regulating mechanism. The model was refined by incorporating the species specific influence of phenology, environments at different sites, and intraspecific density on demographic processes. Population simulations were compared with observations on planted and adjacent wild populations for the first three growing seasons. An average of 71% of the variation in observed planted population and 81% in wild population shoot dynamics was accounted for by the simulations. Canopy cover and height growth were simulated in the model as a function of density. Simulations of a herbicide treatment and manual cutting demonstrated the utility of the model for evaluating salmonberry and thimbleberry management tactics. Close

• 296. [Article] Selectivity and chemodynamics of 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) and coast fiddleneck (Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey)

  Controlled environment chamber and laboratory studies were carried out to evaluate selectivity and chemodynamics of bromoxynil (3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile) in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Selectivity and chemodynamics of 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) and coast fiddleneck (Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey) Author: Schafer, David Eugene Controlled environment chamber and laboratory studies were carried out to evaluate selectivity and chemodynamics of bromoxynil (3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile) in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) 'Nugaines', a tolerant species, and coast fiddleneck (Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey), a susceptible species. A comparison of ED₅₀ values, based upon reduction of whole plant growth, indicated that wheat was 109 times more tolerant of bromoxynil than was fiddleneck. The shoot/root ratios of both wheat and fiddleneck were observed to increase with increasing dosage of bromoxynil. Measurement of necrotic tissue weight of wheat and fiddleneck, as a function of bromoxynil dosage, suggested a sub-lethal translocation effect. The selectivity of bromoxynil in wheat and fiddleneck was concluded to be the result of a complex of interactions. Fiddleneck was found to retain twice as much spray solution as wheat. Mathematical analysis revealed that 6.3 percent of the differential toxicity could be attributed to differential herbicide retention. The penetration of bromoxynil-¹⁴C into leaf tissue was found to proceed more rapidly in fiddleneck than in wheat. Penetration of bromoxynil-¹⁴C could not be related to stomatal densities in either species. Only 4.9 percent of the selectivity existing between wheat and fiddleneck could be attributed to the penetration differential. Autoradiography and extraction procedures revealed that the label from bromoxynil-¹⁴C was more mobile in fiddleneck than in wheat. Higher levels of radioactivity were found in treated leaf, foliage and root extracts of fiddleneck as compared to wheat. Higher levels of insoluble label were found in treated leaves, foliage and roots of wheat as compared to fiddleneck. In both species, a high percentage of the extractable radioactivity was attributed to bromoxynil-¹⁴C. No specific difference in the percentage of total derivatives could be found. The evolution of ¹⁴CO₂ by wheat treated with bromoxynil-¹⁴C significantly exceeded that of fiddleneck. This indicated a greater capacity, on the part of wheat, to degrade this herbicide. Mathematical analysis indicated that 88.8 percent of the selectivity existing between wheat and fiddleneck could be attributed to internal physiological and biochemical mechanisms. Title: Selectivity and chemodynamics of 3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) and coast fiddleneck (Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey) Author: Schafer, David Eugene Controlled environment chamber and laboratory studies were carried out to evaluate selectivity and chemodynamics of bromoxynil (3,5-dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile) in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) 'Nugaines', a tolerant species, and coast fiddleneck (Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. & Mey), a susceptible species. A comparison of ED₅₀ values, based upon reduction of whole plant growth, indicated that wheat was 109 times more tolerant of bromoxynil than was fiddleneck. The shoot/root ratios of both wheat and fiddleneck were observed to increase with increasing dosage of bromoxynil. Measurement of necrotic tissue weight of wheat and fiddleneck, as a function of bromoxynil dosage, suggested a sub-lethal translocation effect. The selectivity of bromoxynil in wheat and fiddleneck was concluded to be the result of a complex of interactions. Fiddleneck was found to retain twice as much spray solution as wheat. Mathematical analysis revealed that 6.3 percent of the differential toxicity could be attributed to differential herbicide retention. The penetration of bromoxynil-¹⁴C into leaf tissue was found to proceed more rapidly in fiddleneck than in wheat. Penetration of bromoxynil-¹⁴C could not be related to stomatal densities in either species. Only 4.9 percent of the selectivity existing between wheat and fiddleneck could be attributed to the penetration differential. Autoradiography and extraction procedures revealed that the label from bromoxynil-¹⁴C was more mobile in fiddleneck than in wheat. Higher levels of radioactivity were found in treated leaf, foliage and root extracts of fiddleneck as compared to wheat. Higher levels of insoluble label were found in treated leaves, foliage and roots of wheat as compared to fiddleneck. In both species, a high percentage of the extractable radioactivity was attributed to bromoxynil-¹⁴C. No specific difference in the percentage of total derivatives could be found. The evolution of ¹⁴CO₂ by wheat treated with bromoxynil-¹⁴C significantly exceeded that of fiddleneck. This indicated a greater capacity, on the part of wheat, to degrade this herbicide. Mathematical analysis indicated that 88.8 percent of the selectivity existing between wheat and fiddleneck could be attributed to internal physiological and biochemical mechanisms. Close

• 297. [Image] Biological assessment of the Klamath Project's continuing operations on southern Oregon/Northern California esu coho salmon and critical habitat for southern Oregon/northern California esu coho salmon

  	The Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) is the responsible Federal agency for operation of the Klamath Project (Project). Operation of the Project has been the subject of numerous previous consultations ...
  	Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biological assessment of the Klamath Project's continuing operations on southern Oregon/Northern California esu coho salmon and critical habitat for southern Oregon/northern California esu coho salmon Year: 2001, 2004 The Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) is the responsible Federal agency for operation of the Klamath Project (Project). Operation of the Project has been the subject of numerous previous consultations with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) and one with the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act (ESA). Severe drought conditions in 1992 and 1994 and resultant associated shortages in project water supplies coupled with the 1997 listing of the southern Oregon/northern California (SONCC) coho salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch, as threatened in the Klamath River downstream from the Project led to a review of Reclamation 19s operations. This biological assessment (BA) describes the effects on federally-listed species (i.e., coho salmon) and its designated critical habitat from on-going operation of the project based on historic operations, as described in this BA. The biological opinion (BO) addressing this BA and any subsequent BA amendments will be among the information that will inform the development of alternatives of the long-term operations plan and environmental impact statement (EIS). Reclamation is developing a long-term operations plan and EIS for the Project. The preferred alternative for implementation from the long-term operations plan would be the subject of a separate future ESA consultation. This BA describes the needs of anadromous fish with emphasis on SONCC coho salmon. It was developed using the best available scientific and commercial information on anadromous fish in the Klamath River. Coho salmon were listed as threatened on June 6, 1997 (NMFS 1997). The NMFS published a final rule designating critical habitat for SONCC coho salmon in May, 1999 (NMFS 1999a). Designated critical habitat for SONCC coho salmon encompasses accessible reaches of all rivers (including estuarine areas and tributaries) between the Mattole River in California and the Elk River in Oregon. Critical habitat includes all waterways, substrate, and adjacent riparian zones below longstanding, naturally impassable barriers. The areas upstream from Iron Gate Dam (IGD) (river mile 190) were not proposed critical habitat because areas downstream were considered sufficient for the conservation of the species. Reclamation has not evaluated whether the action that is the subject of this BA is consistent with its trust responsibility to Klamath Basin Indian Tribes. There are several important scientific reports and analyses (e.g., Phase II flow study) currently not available to Reclamation concerning threatened coho salmon, their habitat, and water quality as it relates to appropriate river flows that may be necessary to operate the Project consistent with the trust responsibility to Klamath Basin Indian Tribes. When this additional information becomes available, Reclamation intends to consider it during the development of the Project operations plans and include it in subsequent consultations with NMFS, as appropriate. Title: Biological assessment of the Klamath Project's continuing operations on southern Oregon/Northern California esu coho salmon and critical habitat for southern Oregon/northern California esu coho salmon Year: 2001, 2004 The Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) is the responsible Federal agency for operation of the Klamath Project (Project). Operation of the Project has been the subject of numerous previous consultations with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) and one with the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act (ESA). Severe drought conditions in 1992 and 1994 and resultant associated shortages in project water supplies coupled with the 1997 listing of the southern Oregon/northern California (SONCC) coho salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch, as threatened in the Klamath River downstream from the Project led to a review of Reclamation 19s operations. This biological assessment (BA) describes the effects on federally-listed species (i.e., coho salmon) and its designated critical habitat from on-going operation of the project based on historic operations, as described in this BA. The biological opinion (BO) addressing this BA and any subsequent BA amendments will be among the information that will inform the development of alternatives of the long-term operations plan and environmental impact statement (EIS). Reclamation is developing a long-term operations plan and EIS for the Project. The preferred alternative for implementation from the long-term operations plan would be the subject of a separate future ESA consultation. This BA describes the needs of anadromous fish with emphasis on SONCC coho salmon. It was developed using the best available scientific and commercial information on anadromous fish in the Klamath River. Coho salmon were listed as threatened on June 6, 1997 (NMFS 1997). The NMFS published a final rule designating critical habitat for SONCC coho salmon in May, 1999 (NMFS 1999a). Designated critical habitat for SONCC coho salmon encompasses accessible reaches of all rivers (including estuarine areas and tributaries) between the Mattole River in California and the Elk River in Oregon. Critical habitat includes all waterways, substrate, and adjacent riparian zones below longstanding, naturally impassable barriers. The areas upstream from Iron Gate Dam (IGD) (river mile 190) were not proposed critical habitat because areas downstream were considered sufficient for the conservation of the species. Reclamation has not evaluated whether the action that is the subject of this BA is consistent with its trust responsibility to Klamath Basin Indian Tribes. There are several important scientific reports and analyses (e.g., Phase II flow study) currently not available to Reclamation concerning threatened coho salmon, their habitat, and water quality as it relates to appropriate river flows that may be necessary to operate the Project consistent with the trust responsibility to Klamath Basin Indian Tribes. When this additional information becomes available, Reclamation intends to consider it during the development of the Project operations plans and include it in subsequent consultations with NMFS, as appropriate. Close

• 298. [Article] The effects of harvesting Pacific hake (Merluccius productus) on the offshore community : the results of a multi-species model

  The effects of harvesting Pacific hake (Merluccius productus) were examined with a multi-species numerical model composed of seven logistic growth equations coupled by a food web. The food web was composed ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The effects of harvesting Pacific hake (Merluccius productus) on the offshore community : the results of a multi-species model Author: Gartz, Russell G. The effects of harvesting Pacific hake (Merluccius productus) were examined with a multi-species numerical model composed of seven logistic growth equations coupled by a food web. The food web was composed of: California sea lions (Zalophus californianus), hake, sablefish (Anaplopoma fimbria), spiny dogfish (Squalus acanthias), a generic rockfish species (Sebastes spp.), Northern anchovy (Engraulis mordax), and a generic euphausiid species (as an example, Pacific krill, Euphausia pacifica). The model was tuned to mimic stock assessment biomass estimates for the years 1980 to 1991, after which a short term experiment and a sensitivity analysis were conducted. The short term experiment used a factorial design, with hake fishing and fishing for rockfish, sablefish, and anchovy as treatments. It was analyzed with scale analysis techniques. The results indicate that hake (from a management viewpoint) is potentially most important in the offshore community as a prey item for sea lions and as a predator on anchovies, but hake fishing mortality had a small effect on either population during the time span of the experiment. Results also suggest that hake has little or no competitive interaction with other species that are trophically similar. Increased harvesting of hake would probably do little to increase the biomass of rockfish or sablefish. The general conclusion of both the sensitivity analysis and the experiment is that species below their carrying capacity are mostly affected by changes in growth and removal processes while species close to their carrying capacity are mostly affected by processes controlling prey availability. A forty year projection from 1991 to 2031 was conducted to examine the effects of hake fishing on sea lion and anchovy biomass. Results indicate that sea lion biomass will vary inversely with hake fishing effort, while anchovy biomass is directly proportional to hake fishing effort. Results also indicate that hake experience environmental conditions not favorable to recruitment. During favorable conditions the hake population builds up a "surplus" that carries it through periods of unfavorable conditions. Increased hake fishing effort reduces the response of the population to favorable conditions. The results of this research constitute a step from the theory toward the practice of proactive multi-species and ecosystem management. Title: The effects of harvesting Pacific hake (Merluccius productus) on the offshore community : the results of a multi-species model Author: Gartz, Russell G. The effects of harvesting Pacific hake (Merluccius productus) were examined with a multi-species numerical model composed of seven logistic growth equations coupled by a food web. The food web was composed of: California sea lions (Zalophus californianus), hake, sablefish (Anaplopoma fimbria), spiny dogfish (Squalus acanthias), a generic rockfish species (Sebastes spp.), Northern anchovy (Engraulis mordax), and a generic euphausiid species (as an example, Pacific krill, Euphausia pacifica). The model was tuned to mimic stock assessment biomass estimates for the years 1980 to 1991, after which a short term experiment and a sensitivity analysis were conducted. The short term experiment used a factorial design, with hake fishing and fishing for rockfish, sablefish, and anchovy as treatments. It was analyzed with scale analysis techniques. The results indicate that hake (from a management viewpoint) is potentially most important in the offshore community as a prey item for sea lions and as a predator on anchovies, but hake fishing mortality had a small effect on either population during the time span of the experiment. Results also suggest that hake has little or no competitive interaction with other species that are trophically similar. Increased harvesting of hake would probably do little to increase the biomass of rockfish or sablefish. The general conclusion of both the sensitivity analysis and the experiment is that species below their carrying capacity are mostly affected by changes in growth and removal processes while species close to their carrying capacity are mostly affected by processes controlling prey availability. A forty year projection from 1991 to 2031 was conducted to examine the effects of hake fishing on sea lion and anchovy biomass. Results indicate that sea lion biomass will vary inversely with hake fishing effort, while anchovy biomass is directly proportional to hake fishing effort. Results also indicate that hake experience environmental conditions not favorable to recruitment. During favorable conditions the hake population builds up a "surplus" that carries it through periods of unfavorable conditions. Increased hake fishing effort reduces the response of the population to favorable conditions. The results of this research constitute a step from the theory toward the practice of proactive multi-species and ecosystem management. Close

• 299. [Article] Development and Infectious Disease in Hosts with Complex Life Cycles

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Public Library of Science and can be found at: http://www.plos.org/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Development and Infectious Disease in Hosts with Complex Life Cycles Author: Xie, Gisselle Yang, Blaustein, Andrew R., Searle, Catherine L. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Public Library of Science and can be found at: http://www.plos.org/. Title: Development and Infectious Disease in Hosts with Complex Life Cycles Author: Xie, Gisselle Yang, Blaustein, Andrew R., Searle, Catherine L. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Public Library of Science and can be found at: http://www.plos.org/. Close

• 300. [Article] Systematics and ecology of chubs (Gila : Cyprinidae) of the Alvord Basin, Oregon and Nevada

  Seventeen populations of Gila Baird and Girard are identified from the Alvord Basin of southeastern Oregon and northwestern Nevada. Gila in the Alvord Basin occupy a wide range of habitats, including warm ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Systematics and ecology of chubs (Gila : Cyprinidae) of the Alvord Basin, Oregon and Nevada Author: Williams, Jack Edward Seventeen populations of Gila Baird and Girard are identified from the Alvord Basin of southeastern Oregon and northwestern Nevada. Gila in the Alvord Basin occupy a wide range of habitats, including warm springs, cool springs, creeks, reservoirs, and a thermal lake. These populations became isolated in remnant habitats when waters of pluvial Lake Alvord receded 7,000 to 10,000 years ago. Taxonomic analyses; based on morphological, meristic, and osteological characters; indicated local adaptation and subsequent differentiation among populations. Gila inhabiting the Borax Lake area are considered specifically distinct from other populations. The Borax Lake chub is a dwarf species differentiated from other Alvord Basin populations of Gila by their small size at maturity, notably large head and orbit, long snout, long predorsal length, and narrow caudal peduncle. This species also exhibits reduced pectoral fin ray numbers and reduced cephalic and body lateral-line systems. All other Alvord Basin populations of Gila are referred to Gila alvordensis Hubbs and Miller. Both G. alvordensis and the Borax Lake species are placed in the subgenus Siphateles. Alvord Basin fishes of the genus Gila are opportunistic omnivores. Many intestines contained one food in predominance, indicating highly exploitive feeding. Alvord Basin Gila typically consume benthic and midwater foods; however, the Gila inhabiting Borax Lake consumed large amounts of foods of terrestrial origin during the summer and autumn. Reproductive characteristics of the Gila from Borax Lake parallel those of many Southwestern cyprinodontids inhabiting warm springs. Females are asynchronous, with a high degree of individual periodicity, and typically spawn twice. Borax Lake chubs usually have a one year lifespan, with few age I, II, and III fish present. The Borax Lake species is endangered by geothermal development and surface disturbance in the Borax Lake area. The ability of the habitat and the unique species to survive these threats is uncertain. Title: Systematics and ecology of chubs (Gila : Cyprinidae) of the Alvord Basin, Oregon and Nevada Author: Williams, Jack Edward Seventeen populations of Gila Baird and Girard are identified from the Alvord Basin of southeastern Oregon and northwestern Nevada. Gila in the Alvord Basin occupy a wide range of habitats, including warm springs, cool springs, creeks, reservoirs, and a thermal lake. These populations became isolated in remnant habitats when waters of pluvial Lake Alvord receded 7,000 to 10,000 years ago. Taxonomic analyses; based on morphological, meristic, and osteological characters; indicated local adaptation and subsequent differentiation among populations. Gila inhabiting the Borax Lake area are considered specifically distinct from other populations. The Borax Lake chub is a dwarf species differentiated from other Alvord Basin populations of Gila by their small size at maturity, notably large head and orbit, long snout, long predorsal length, and narrow caudal peduncle. This species also exhibits reduced pectoral fin ray numbers and reduced cephalic and body lateral-line systems. All other Alvord Basin populations of Gila are referred to Gila alvordensis Hubbs and Miller. Both G. alvordensis and the Borax Lake species are placed in the subgenus Siphateles. Alvord Basin fishes of the genus Gila are opportunistic omnivores. Many intestines contained one food in predominance, indicating highly exploitive feeding. Alvord Basin Gila typically consume benthic and midwater foods; however, the Gila inhabiting Borax Lake consumed large amounts of foods of terrestrial origin during the summer and autumn. Reproductive characteristics of the Gila from Borax Lake parallel those of many Southwestern cyprinodontids inhabiting warm springs. Females are asynchronous, with a high degree of individual periodicity, and typically spawn twice. Borax Lake chubs usually have a one year lifespan, with few age I, II, and III fish present. The Borax Lake species is endangered by geothermal development and surface disturbance in the Borax Lake area. The ability of the habitat and the unique species to survive these threats is uncertain. Close